Contents
BGP Commands on Cisco IOS XR Software
This module describes the commands used to configure and monitor Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) for IP Version 4 (IPv4), IP Version 6 (IPv6), Virtual Private Network Version 4 (VPNv4), Virtual Private Network Version 6 (VPNv6), and multicast distribution tree (MDT) routing sessions.
For detailed information about BGP concepts, configuration tasks, and examples, see the Implementing BGP on Cisco IOS XR Softwaremodule in the Cisco IOS XR Routing Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS Router.
- additional-paths install backup
- additional-paths receive
- additional-paths selection
- additional-paths send
- address-family (BGP)
- advertise best-external
- advertisement-interval
- af-group
- aggregate-address
- aigp
- aigp send-cost-community
- allocate-label
- allowas-in
- as-format
- as-override
- bfd (BGP)
- bgp as-path-loopcheck
- bgp attribute-download
- bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable
- bgp bestpath as-path ignore
- bgp bestpath compare-routerid
- bgp bestpath cost-community ignore
- bgp bestpath med always
- bgp bestpath med confed
- bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
- bgp client-to-client reflection disable
- bgp cluster-id
- bgp confederation identifier
- bgp confederation peers
- bgp dampening
- bgp default local-preference
- bgp enforce-first-as disable
- bgp fast-external-fallover disable
- bgp graceful-restart
- bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
- bgp graceful-restart purge-time
- bgp graceful-restart restart-time
- bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time
- bgp import-delay
- bgp label-delay
- bgp log neighbor changes disable
- bgp maximum neighbor
- bgp redistribute-internal
- bgp router-id
- bgp scan-time
- bgp update-delay
- bgp write-limit
- capability additional-paths receive
- capability additional-paths send
- capability orf prefix
- capability suppress 4-byte-as
- clear bgp
- clear bgp current-mode
- clear bgp dampening
- clear bgp external
- clear bgp flap-statistics
- clear bgp nexthop performance-statistics
- clear bgp nexthop registration
- clear bgp peer-drops
- clear bgp performance-statistics
- clear bgp self-originated
- clear bgp shutdown
- clear bgp soft
- cluster-id
- default-information originate (BGP)
- default-metric (BGP)
- default-originate
- description (BGP)
- distance bgp
- distributed speaker
- dmz-link-bandwidth
- dscp (BGP)
- ebgp-multihop
- enforce-first-as
- enforce-first-as-disable
- export route-policy
- export route-target
- ibgp policy out enforce-modifications
- import route-policy
- import route-target
- ignore-connected-check
- keychain
- keychain-disable
- keychain inheritance-disable
- label-allocation-mode
- local-as
- maximum-paths (BGP)
- maximum-prefix (BGP)
- mpls activate (BGP)
- neighbor (BGP)
- neighbor-group
- network (BGP)
- network backdoor
- next-hop-self
- next-hop-unchanged
- nexthop route-policy
- nexthop trigger-delay
- nsr (BGP)
- orf
- password (BGP)
- password-disable
- precedence
- rd
- receive-buffer-size
- redistribute (BGP)
- remote-as (BGP)
- remove-private-as
- retain local-label
- retain route-target
- route-policy (BGP)
- route-reflector-client
- router bgp
- send-buffer-size
- send-community-ebgp
- send-extended-community-ebgp
- session-group
- session-open-mode
- show bgp
- show bgp advertised
- show bgp af-group
- show bgp attribute-key
- show bgp cidr-only
- show bgp community
- show bgp convergence
- show bgp dampened-paths
- show bgp flap-statistics
- show bgp inconsistent-as
- show bgp labels
- show bgp neighbor-group
- show bgp neighbors
- show bgp neighbors nsr
- show bgp nexthops
- show bgp nsr
- show bgp paths
- show bgp policy
- show bgp process
- show bgp regexp
- show bgp route-policy
- show bgp session-group
- show bgp sessions
- show bgp summary
- show bgp summary nsr
- show bgp table
- show bgp truncated-communities
- show bgp update-group
- show bgp vrf imported-routes
- show protocols (BGP)
- shutdown (BGP)
- site-of-origin (BGP)
- socket receive-buffer-size
- socket send-buffer-size
- soft-reconfiguration inbound
- speaker-id
- table-policy
- timers (BGP)
- timers bgp
- ttl-security
- update-source
- use
- vrf (BGP)
- weight
- weight reset-on-import
- weight reset-on-import disable
additional-paths install backup
Note
Effective with Release 4.0.0, the additional-paths install backup command was replaced by theadditional-paths selection command. See the additional-paths selection command for more information.
To install a backup path into the forwarding table and provide prefix independent convergence (PIC) in case of a PE-CE link failure, use the additional-paths install backup command in an appropriate address family configuration mode. To prevent installing the backup path, use the no form of this command. To disable prefix independent convergence, use the disable keyword.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.9.0
This command was introduced.
Release 4.0.0
This command was replaced by the additional-paths selection command.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable installing a backup path into the forwarding table in VPNv4 address family mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#address-family vpnv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#additional-paths install backupadditional-paths receive
To configure receive capability of multiple paths for a prefix to the capable peers, use the additional-paths receive command in address-family configuration mode. To disable the receive capability, use the no form of this command. To disable add-path receive capability for all neighbors belonging to a particular VRF address-family, use the disable option.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
After enabling the receive capability, the session needs to be reset for the configuration to take into effect.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable additional paths receive capability under IPv4 unicast address family mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfig)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# additional-paths receiveadditional-paths selection
To configure additional paths selection capability for a prefix, use the additional-paths selection command in address-family configuration mode. To disable the additional-paths selection capability, use the no form of this command. To disable add-path selection for a particular VRF address-family, use the disable option.additional-paths selection { route-policy | route-policy-name | disable }
no additional-paths selection route-policy route-policy-name
Syntax Description
route-policy route-policy-name Specifies the name of a route policy used for additional paths selection.
disable Disables add-path selection for a particular VRF address-family.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
To select the add-path mode for some or all prefixes, use the additional-paths selection command by specifying a route-policy.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable selection of additional paths:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# additional-paths selection route-policy add-path-to-ibgpadditional-paths send
To configure send capability of multiple paths for a prefix to the capable peers, use the additional-paths send command in address-family configuration mode. To disable the send capability, use the no form of this command.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
After enabling the send capability, the session needs to be reset for the configuration to take into effect.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable additional paths send capability under IPv4 unicast address family mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:routerconfig)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# additional-paths sendaddress-family (BGP)
To enter various address family configuration modes while configuring Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the address-family command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable support for an address family, use the no form of this command.
address-family { ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | ipv4 labeled-unicast | ipv4 tunnel | ipv4mdt ipv6unicast ipv6multicast | ipv6 labeled- unicast | vpnv4 { unicast | vpnv6 } unicast | l2vpn vpls-vpws }
no address-family { ipv4 unicast | ipv4 multicast | ipv4 labeled-unicast | ipv4 tunnel | ipv4mdt ipv6unicast ipv6multicast | ipv6 labeled- unicast | vpnv4 { unicast | vpnv6 } unicast | l2vpn vpls-vpws }
Syntax Description
ipv4 unicast
Specifies IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast address prefixes.
ipv4 multicast
Specifies IPv4 multicast address prefixes.
ipv4 labeled-unicast
Specifies IPv4 labeled-unicast address prefixes. This option is available in IPv4 neighbor configuration mode and VRF neighbor configuration mode.
ipv4 tunnel
Specifies IPv4 tunnel address prefixes.
ipv4 mdt
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes. This option is available in router configuration mode and IPv4 neighbor configuration mode.
ipv6 unicast
Specifies IP Version 6 (IPv6) unicast address prefixes.
ipv6 multicast
Specifies IPv6 multicast address prefixes.
ipv6 labeled-unicast
Specifies IPv6 labeled-unicast address prefixes. This option is available in IPv6 neighbor configuration mode.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPN Version 4 (VPNv4) unicast address prefixes. This option is not available in VRF or VRF neighbor configuration mode.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPN Version 6 (VPNv6) unicast address prefixes. This option is not available in VRF or VRF neighbor configuration mode.
l2vpn vpls-vpws
Specifies L2VPN vpls-vpws address prefixes.
Command Default
An address family must be explicitly configured in the router configuration mode for the address family to be active in BGP. Similarly, an address family must be configured under the neighbor for the BGP session to be established for that address family. An address family must be configured in router configuration mode before it can be configured under a neighbor.
Command Modes
Router configuration
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
VRF configuration
VRF neighbor configuration (IPv4 address families)
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the address-family command to enter various address family configuration modes while configuring BGP routing sessions. When you enter the address-family command from router configuration mode, you enable the address family and enter global address family configuration mode.
The IPv4 unicast address family must be configured in router configuration mode before configuring the IPv4 labeled-unicast address family for a neighbor in neighbor configuration mode. The IPv6 unicast address family must be configured in router configuration mode before configuring the IPv6 labeled-unicast address family for a neighbor in neighbor configuration mode. See Table 1 .
Table 1 Address Family Submode Support Address Family
Supported in Router Submode
Supported in Neighbor Submode
Comments
ipv4 unicast
yes
yes
— ipv4 multicast
yes
yes
— ipv4 mdt
yes
yes
— ipv4 tunnel
yes
yes
— ipv4 labeled-unicast
no
yes
The ipv4 labeled-unicast address family can be configured only as a neighbor address family; however, it requires that the ipv4 unicast address family be configured as the router address family first.
vpnv4 unicast
yes
yes
— ipv6 unicast
yes
yes
— ipv6 multicast
yes
yes
— vpnv6 unicast
yes
yes
— l2vpn vpls-vpws
yes
yes
— When you enter the address-family command from neighbor configuration mode, you activate the address family on the neighbor and enter neighbor address family configuration mode. IPv4 neighbor sessions support IPv4 unicast, multicast, labeled-unicast, and VPNv4 unicast address families. IPv6 neighbor sessions support IPv6 unicast and multicast address families.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to place the router in global address family configuration mode for the IPv4 address family:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#The following example shows how to activate IPv4 multicast for neighbor 10.0.0.1 and place the router in neighbor address family configuration mode for the IPv4 multicast address family:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)#The following example shows how to place the router in global address family configuration mode for the IPv4 tunnel address family:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 12 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 tunnel RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#advertise best-external
To advertise the best–external path to the iBGP and route-reflector peers, when a locally selected bestpath is from an internal peer, use the advertise best-external command in an appropriate address family configuration mode. To prevent advertising the best–external path, use the no form of this command. To disable advertising the best–external path, use the disable keyword.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
L2VPN address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.9.0
This command was introduced.
Release 4.0.0
This command was supported in global IPv4 and IPv6 unicast address-families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable advertising the best–external path VPNv4 unicast address family mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family vpnv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# advertise best-externaladvertisement-interval
To set the minimum interval between the sending of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing updates, use the advertisement-interval command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the advertisement-interval command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default interval values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Default
Default minimum interval:
For internal BGP (iBGP) peers is 0 seconds
For external BGP (eBGP) peers is 30 seconds
For customer edge (CE) peers is 0 seconds
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If this command configures a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to set the minimum time between sending BGP routing updates to 10 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 5 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.1.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# advertisement-interval 10af-group
To create an address family group for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors and enter address family group configuration mode, use the af-group command in router configuration mode. To remove an address family group, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
af-group-name
Address family group name.
address-family
Enters address family configuration mode.
ipv4 unicast
Specifies IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast address prefixes.
ipv4 multicast
Specifies IPv4 multicast address prefixes.
ipv4 labeled-unicast
Specifies IPv4 labeled unicast address prefixes.
ipv4 tunnel
Specifies IPv4 tunnel address prefixes.
ipv4 mdt
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6 unicast
Specifies IP Version 6 (IPv6) unicast address prefixes.
ipv6 multicast
Specifies IPv6 multicast address prefixes.
ipv6 labeled-unicast
Specifies IPv6 labeled unicast address prefixes.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPN Version 4 (VPNv4) unicast address prefixes.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPN Version 6 (VPNv6) unicast address prefixes.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The vpnv4 unicast and labeled-unicast keywords were added.
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast , ipv6 labeled-unicast , ipv4 tunnel , and ipv4 mdt keywords were added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the af-group command to group address family-specific neighbor commands within an IPv4 or IPv6 address family. Neighbors that have address family configuration are able to use the address family group. Further, neighbors inherit the configuration parameters of the entire address family group.
You cannot define two address family groups with the same name in different address families.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to create address family group group1 and enter address family group configuration mode for IPv4 unicast. Group1 contains the next-hop-self feature, which is inherited by neighbors that use address family group1.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# next-hop-selfRelated Commands
Command
Description
Enters neighbor configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
Inherits configuration from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
aggregate-address
To create an aggregate entry in a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table, use the aggregate-address command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the aggregate-address command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
aggregate-address address/mask-length [as-set] [as-confed-set] [summary-only] [route-policy route-policy-name ]
no aggregate-address
Syntax Description
address
Aggregate address.
/mask-length
Aggregate address mask length.
as-set
(Optional) Generates autonomous system set path information and community information from contributing paths.
as-confed-set
(Optional) Generates autonomous system confederation set path information from contributing paths.
summary-only
(Optional) Filters all more-specific routes from updates.
route-policy route-policy-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of a route policy used to set the attributes of the aggregate route.
Command Default
When you do not specify this command, no aggregate entry is created in the BGP routing table.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The policy keyword was changed to route-policy .
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
You can implement aggregate routing in BGP either by redistributing an aggregate route into BGP using the network command or the aggregate-address command.
Use the aggregate-address command without optional arguments to create an aggregate entry in the BGP routing table if any more-specific BGP routes are available that fall in the specified range. The aggregate route is advertised as coming from your autonomous system and has the atomic aggregate attribute set to show that information might be missing. (By default, the atomic aggregate attribute is set unless you specify the as-set keyword.)
Use of the as-set keyword creates an aggregate entry using the same rules that the command follows without this keyword. However, the advertised path for this route is an AS_SET, a set of all autonomous systems contained in all paths that are being summarized.
Do not use this form of the aggregate-address command when aggregating many paths because this route must be continually withdrawn and updated as autonomous system path reachability information for the summarized routes changes.
Use the as-confed-set keyword to create an AS_CONFED_SET in the autonomous system path of the aggregate from any confederation segments in the paths being summarized. This keyword takes effect only if the as-set keyword is also specified.
Use of the summary-only keyword creates an aggregate entry (for example, 10.0.0.0/8) but suppresses advertisements of more-specific routes to all neighbors. If you want to suppress only advertisements to certain neighbors, use the route-policy (BGP) command in neighbor address family configuration mode with caution. If a more-specific route leaks out, all BGP speakers (the local router) prefer that route over the less-specific aggregate you generate (using longest-match routing).
Use the route-policy keyword to specify a routing policy for the aggregate entry. The route-policy keyword is used to select which more-specific information to base the aggregate entry on and which more-specific information to suppress. You can also use the keyword to modify the attributes of the aggregate entry.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to create an aggregate address. The path advertised for this route is an autonomous system set consisting of all elements contained in all paths that are being summarized.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# aggregate-address 10.0.0.0/8 as-setaigp
To enable sending and receiving of accumulated interior gateway protocol (AiGP) attribute per eBGP neighbor, use the aigpcommand in global or VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To disable this functionality, either use the disable keyword or use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Neighbor address family configuration
VRF neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable AiGP send and receive capability under neighbor address family (IPv4 unicast):
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.2.3.4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# aigpaigp send-cost-community
To send Accumulated Interior Gateway Protocol (AiGP) value in cost community, use the aigp send-cost-community command in global or VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To disable sending AiGP value in cost community, either use the no form of this command or the disable keyword.
aigp send-cost-community { cost-id | disable } poi { igp-cost | pre-bestpath } [ transitive ]
no aigp send-cost-community
Syntax Description
cost-comm-id Specifies the Cost community ID. The range is 0 to 255.
poi Point of insertion for bestpath calculation. igp-cost Configures that cost community be used after iGP distance to next hop. pre-bestpath Configures cost community as first step in best path calculation. transitive (Optional) Enables transitive cost community
disable Disables sending AiGP value in cost community.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Cost community point of insertion can be configured either to be pre-bestpath or after igp cost. The transitive keyword is not required for iBGP sessions. However, the transitive keyword is required for eBGP sessions to convert AiGP metric into cost-community and advertise to the eBGP neighbors.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable sending AiGP value in cost community ID 254 under neighbor address family (IPv4 unicast):
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.2.3.4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# aigp send-cost-community 254Related Commands
Command Description aigp Enables sending and receiving of accumulated interior gateway protocol (AiGP) attribute. allocate-label
To allocate Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) labels for specific IPv4 unicast or IPv6 unicast or VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) IPv4 unicast routes so that the BGP router can send labels with BGP routes to a neighboring router configured for labeled-or VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) IPv6 unicast sessions, use the allocate-label command in the appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
allocate-label { route-policy route-policy-name | all }
no allocate-label { route-policy route-policy-name | all }
Syntax Description
all
Allocates labels for all prefixes
route-policy route-policy-name
Uses a route policy to select prefixes for label allocation.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.0
This command was introduced.
The all keyword was added.
The command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in IPv6 address family configuration mode and VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the allocate-label command with a route policy to trigger BGP to allocate labels for all or a filtered set of global routes (as dictated by the route policy). The command enables autonomous system border routers (ASBRs) that have labeled unicast sessions to exchange Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) labels with the routes to the other autonomous system (AS) in Layer 3 Virtual Private Network (L3VPN) inter-AS deployments.
Note
The allocate-label all command is functionally equivalent to the allocate-label route-policy route-policy-name command when the route policy is a pass-all policy.
See Cisco IOS XR MPLS Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS Routerfor information on using the allocate-label command for L3VPN inter-AS deployments and carrier-supporting-carrier IPv4 BGP label distribution.
Task ID
allowas-in
To allow an AS path with the provider edge (PE) autonomous system number (ASN) a specified number of times, use the allowas-in command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Hub and spoke VPN networks require looping back of routing information to the hub PE through the hub customer edge (CE). See Cisco IOS XR MPLS Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS Router for information on hub and spoke VPN networks. This looping back, in addition to the presence of the PE ASN, causes the looped-back information to be dropped by the hub PE.
The allowas-in command prevents the looped-back information from being dropped by replacing the neighbor autonomous system number (ASN) with the PE ASN in the AS path. This allows the VPN customer to see a specified number of occurrences of the PE ASN in the AS path.
Task ID
as-format
To configure the router's Autonomous system number (ASN) notation to asdot format, use the as-format command in global configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
as-override
To configure a provider edge (PE) router to override the autonomous system number (ASN) of a site with the ASN of a provider, use the as-override command in VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Prevents the as-override command from being inherited from a parent group.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the as-override command in conjunction with the site-of-origin (SoO) feature, identifying the site where a route originated, and preventing routing loops between routers within a VPN.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an ASN override:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf_A RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# neighbor 192.168.70.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# remote-as 10 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr-af)# as-overridebfd (BGP)
To specify a bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) multiplier and minimum-interval arguments per neighbor, use the bfd command in neighbor address family independent configuration mode. To return to the system defaults, use the no form of this command.
Previous to this enhancement, BFD could be configured only in global scope in BGP. This change makes available two new command-line arguments under neighbor address family independent configuration:
Syntax Description
multiplier value
Specifies the BFD session's multiplier value for the neighbor.
minimum-interval value
Specifies the BFD session's minimum-interval value for the neighbor.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.6.0
The arguments multiplier and minimum-interval were added for the neighbor address family independent configuration.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If the minimum interval is changed using the bfd minimum-intervalcommand, the new parameter updates all affected BFD sessions under the command mode in which the minimum interval was changed.
If the multiplier is changed using the bfd multiplier command, the new parameter is used to update only the BFD sessions associated with the affected neighbor gets affected.
The assumption is that when BFD fast-detect is enabled under neighbor address family independent configuration, the values for the multiplier and minimum-interval values are always derived from the per-neighbor values if they are configured; otherwise, they are to be taken from the global BGP configuration mode. In the event that this has not been explicitly stated, then these values are taken to be the default values. Also, the bfd arguments can be configured under neighbor-group and session-group and the inheritance adheres to the standard way of BGP configuration inheritance.
Accordingly, there are four cases in which bfd-fast detect is enabled.
This is shown in table below where the BFD value is either multiplier or minimum-interval. Local indicates per NBR value, global is the BGP global value.
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the BFD session's multiplier value for the neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65000 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)#neighbor 3.3.3.2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 311 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd multiplier 7 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# neighbor 5.5.5.2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 318 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# bfd multiplier 4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# vrf one RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# neighbor 3.12.1.2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# bfd minimum-interval 119 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# bfd multiplier 10 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# commit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bfd session Interface Dest Addr Local det time(int*mult) State Echo Async -------------------- --------------- ---------------- ---------------- --------- Gi0/2/0/2 3.3.3.2 2177ms(311ms*7) 14s(2s*7) UP Gi0/2/0/2.1 3.12.1.2 1190ms(119ms*10) 20s(2s*10) UP PO0/3/0/6 5.5.5.2 1272ms(318ms*4) 8s(2s*4) UP RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bfd session detail I/f: GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2, Location: 0/2/CPU0, dest: 3.3.3.2, src: 3.3.3.1 State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:44s, number of times UP: 1 Received parameters: Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 7, diag: None My discr: 524295, your discr: 524296, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0 Transmitted parameters: Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 7, diag: None My discr: 524296, your discr: 524295, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0 Timer Values: Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s Desired echo tx interval: 311 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 311 ms Echo detection time: 2177 ms(311 ms*7), async detection time: 14 s(2 s*7) Local Stats: Intervals between async packets: Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1664 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1838 ms Last packet transmitted 313 ms ago Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1662 ms, max=2 s, avg=1828 ms Last packet received 1615 ms ago Intervals between echo packets: Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=181 ms, max=462 ms, avg=229 ms Last packet transmitted 289 ms ago Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=178 ms, max=461 ms, avg=229 ms Last packet received 287 ms ago Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx): Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=4 ms, avg=860 us Session owner information: Client Desired interval Multiplier ---------------- -------------------- -------------- bgp-0 311 ms 7 I/f: GigabitEthernet0/2/0/2.1, Location: 0/2/CPU0, dest: 3.12.1.2, src: 3.12.1.1 State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:44s, number of times UP: 1 Received parameters: Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 10, diag: None My discr: 524296, your discr: 524295, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0 Transmitted parameters: Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 10, diag: None My discr: 524295, your discr: 524296, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0 Timer Values: Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s Desired echo tx interval: 119 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 119 ms Echo detection time: 1190 ms(119 ms*10), async detection time: 20 s(2 s*10) Local Stats: Intervals between async packets: Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1664 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1838 ms Last packet transmitted 314 ms ago Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1662 ms, max=2 s, avg=1828 ms Last packet received 1616 ms ago Intervals between echo packets: Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=120 ms, max=223 ms, avg=125 ms Last packet transmitted 112 ms ago Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=119 ms, max=223 ms, avg=125 ms Last packet received 110 ms ago Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx): Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=2 ms, avg=850 us Session owner information: Client Desired interval Multiplier ---------------- -------------------- -------------- bgp-0 119 ms 10 I/f: GigabitEthernet0/3/0/6, Location: 0/3/CPU0, dest: 5.5.5.2, src: 5.5.5.1 State: UP for 0d:0h:4m:50s, number of times UP: 1 Received parameters: Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 4, diag: None My discr: 786436, your discr: 786433, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0 Transmitted parameters: Version: 1, desired tx interval: 2 s, required rx interval: 2 s Required echo rx interval: 1 ms, multiplier: 4, diag: None My discr: 786433, your discr: 786436, state UP, D/F/P/C/A: 0/0/0/1/0 Timer Values: Local negotiated async tx interval: 2 s Remote negotiated async tx interval: 2 s Desired echo tx interval: 318 ms, local negotiated echo tx interval: 318 ms Echo detection time: 1272 ms(318 ms*4), async detection time: 8 s(2 s*4) Local Stats: Intervals between async packets: Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=1663 ms, max=2 s, avg=1821 ms Last packet transmitted 1740 ms ago Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=1663 ms, max=2001 ms, avg=1832 ms Last packet received 160 ms ago Intervals between echo packets: Tx: Number of intervals=100, min=181 ms, max=484 ms, avg=232 ms Last packet transmitted 44 ms ago Rx: Number of intervals=100, min=179 ms, max=484 ms, avg=232 ms Last packet received 41 ms ago Latency of echo packets (time between tx and rx): Number of packets: 100, min=0 us, max=3 ms, avg=540 us Session owner information: Client Desired interval Multiplier ---------------- -------------------- -------------- bgp-0 318 ms 4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 3.3.3.2 BGP neighbor is 3.3.3.2 Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link Remote router ID 16.0.0.1 BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:01 BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 311 multiplier: 7 Last read 00:00:56, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Precedence: internet Neighbor capabilities: Route refresh: advertised and received 4-byte AS: advertised and received Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Received 8 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor version 2 Update group: 0.2 AF-dependant capabilities: Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds Remote Restart time is 120 seconds Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all 1 accepted prefixes, 1 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 1, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288 Threshold for warning message 75% An EoR was not received during read-only mode Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last reset 00:06:58, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent - administrative reset) Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:06:58 Error Code: administrative reset Notification data sent: None RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 5.5.5.2 BGP neighbor is 5.5.5.2 Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link Remote router ID 16.0.0.1 BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:04 BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 318 multiplier: 4 Last read 00:00:58, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Precedence: internet Neighbor capabilities: Route refresh: advertised and received 4-byte AS: advertised and received Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Received 8 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor version 2 Update group: 0.2 AF-dependant capabilities: Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds Remote Restart time is 120 seconds Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all 1 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 1, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288 Threshold for warning message 75% An EoR was not received during read-only mode Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last reset 00:07:01, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent - administrative reset) Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:07:01 Error Code: administrative reset Notification data sent: None RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf one nei 3.12.1.2 BGP neighbor is 3.12.1.2, vrf one Remote AS 500, local AS 65000, external link Remote router ID 16.0.0.1 BGP state = Established, up for 00:05:06 BFD enabled (session up): mininterval: 119 multiplier: 10 Last read 00:00:01, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Precedence: internet Neighbor capabilities: Route refresh: advertised and received 4-byte AS: advertised and received Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Received 9 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 9 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor version 2 Update group: 0.2 AF-dependant capabilities: Graceful Restart Capability advertised and received Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds Remote Restart time is 120 seconds Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all 1 accepted prefixes, 1 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288 Threshold for warning message 75% An EoR was not received during read-only mode Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last reset 00:07:04, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent - administrative reset) Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:07:04 Error Code: administrative reset Notification data sent: Nonebgp as-path-loopcheck
To enable loop checking in the autonomous system path of the prefixes advertised by internal Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) peers, use the bgp as-path-loopcheck command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
When you do not specify this command, loop checking is performed only for external peers.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
bgp attribute-download
To enable Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) attribute download, use the bgp attribute-download command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable BGP attribute download, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
When BGP attribute download is enabled using the bgp attribute-download command, BGP reinstalls all routes whose attributes are not currently in the RIB. Likewise, if the user disables BGP attribute download using the no form of the command, BGP reinstalls previously installed routes with a null key, and removes the attributes from the RIB.
Use the bgp attribute-download command to enable the Netflow BGP data export function. When attribute download is enabled, BGP downloads the attribute information for prefixes (community, extended community, and as-path) to the Routing Information Base (RIB) and Forwarding Information Base (FIB). This enables FIB to associate the prefixes with attributes and send the Netflow statistics along with the associated attributes.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows the BGP routes before and after BGP attribute download is enabled and shows how to enable BGP attribute download on BGP router 50:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show route bgp B 100.0.1.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37 B 100.0.2.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37 B 100.0.3.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37 B 100.0.4.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37 B 100.0.5.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:37 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 50 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# bgp attribute-download ! ! ! RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show route bgp B 100.0.1.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01 Attribute ID 0x2 B 100.0.2.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01 Attribute ID 0x2 B 100.0.3.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01 Attribute ID 0x2 B 100.0.4.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01 Attribute ID 0x2 B 100.0.5.0/24 [200/0] via 10.0.101.1, 00:00:01 Attribute ID 0x2bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable
To disable an automatic soft reset of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peers when their configured route policy is modified, use the bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable automatic soft reset of BGP peers, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
If the inbound policy changes, it is not always possible to perform a soft reset. This is the case if the neighbor does not support route refresh and soft-reconfiguration inbound is not configured for the neighbor. In such instances, a message is logged in the system log indicating that a manual hard reset is needed.
Task ID
bgp bestpath as-path ignore
To ignore the autonomous system path length when calculating preferred paths, use the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command in an appropriate configuration mode. To return the software to the default state in which it considers the autonomous system path length when calculating preferred paths, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
The autonomous system path length is used (not ignored) when a best path is selected.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command to ignore the length of autonomous system paths when the software selects a preferred path. When the best path is selected, if this command is specified, all steps are performed as usual except comparison of the autonomous path length between candidate paths.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the software to ignore the autonomous system length when performing best-path selection:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65000 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath as-path ignoreRelated Commands
Command
Description
Compares identical routes received from eBGP peers during the best-path selection process and selects the route with the lowest router ID.
Allows the comparison of the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
Enables MED comparison among paths learned from confederation peers.
Enables the software to consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of infinity.
bgp bestpath compare-routerid
To compare identical routes received from external BGP (eBGP) peers during the best-path selection process and select the route with the lowest router ID, use the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable comparing identical routes received from eBGP peers during best-path selection, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
The software does not select a new best path if it is the same as the current best path (according to the BGP selection algorithm) except for the router ID.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command to affect how the software selects the best path, in the case where there are two paths of equal cost according to the BGP selection algorithm. This command is used to force the software to select the path with the lower router ID as the best path. If this command is not used, the software continues to use whichever path is currently the best path, regardless of which has the lower router ID.
Task ID
bgp bestpath cost-community ignore
To configure a router that is running the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) to not evaluate the cost community attribute during the best-path selection process, use the bgp bestpath cost-community ignore command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
The behavior of this command is enabled by default until the cost community attribute is manually configured.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the bgp bestpath cost-community ignore command to disable the evaluation of the cost community attribute to help isolate problems and troubleshoot issues that relate to BGP path selection. This command can also be used to delay the activation of cost community attribute evaluation so that cost community filtering can be deployed in a large network at the same time.
Task ID
bgp bestpath med always
To allow the comparison of the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems, use the bgp bestpath med always command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
The software does not compare MEDs for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The MED is one of the parameters that is considered by the software when selecting the best path among many alternative paths. The software chooses the path with the lowest MED.
By default, during the best-path selection process, the software makes a MED comparison only among paths from the same autonomous system. This command changes the default behavior of the software by allowing comparison of MEDs among paths regardless of the autonomous system from which the paths are received.
When the bgp bestpath med always command is not enabled and distributed BGP is configured, speakers calculate partial best paths only (executes the best-path steps up to the MED comparison) and send them to BGP Routing Information Base (bRIB). bRIB calculates the final best path (executes all the steps in the best-path calculation). When the bgp bestpath med always command is enabled and distributed BGP is configured, speakers can compare the MED across all ASs, allowing the speaker to calculate a single best path to send it to bRIB. bRIB is the ultimate process that calculates the final best path, but when the bgp bestpath med always command is enabled, the speakers send a single best path instead of potentially sending multiple, partial best paths
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) speaker in autonomous system 100 to compare MEDs among alternative paths, regardless of the autonomous system from which the paths are received:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med alwaysRelated Commands
bgp bestpath med confed
To enable Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) comparison among paths learned from confederation peers, use the bgp bestpath med confed command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the software from considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
The software does not compare the MED of paths containing only confederation segments, or paths containing confederation segments followed by an AS_SET, with the MED of any other paths.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the MED of the following paths is not compared with the MED of any other path:
- Paths with an empty autonomous system path
- Paths beginning with an AS_SET
- Paths containing only confederation segments
- Paths containing confederation segments followed by an AS_SET
Use the bgp bestpath med confed command to affect how the following types of paths are treated in the BGP best-path algorithm:
- Paths containing only confederation segments
- Paths containing confederation segments followed by an AS_SET
The MED for paths that start with an AS_SEQUENCE or that start with confederation segments followed by an AS_SEQUENCE only is compared with the MED of other paths that share the same first autonomous system number in the autonomous system sequence (the neighbor autonomous system number). This behavior is not affected by the bgp bestpath med confed command.
As an example, suppose that autonomous systems 65000, 65001, 65002, and 65004 are part of a confederation, but autonomous system 1 is not. Suppose that for a particular route, the following paths exist:
- Path 1: 65000 65004, med = 2, IGP metric = 20
- Path 2: 65001 65004, med = 3, IGP metric = 10
- Path 3: 65002 1, med = 1, IGP metric = 30
If the bgp bestpath med confed command is enabled, the software selects path 1 as the best path because it:
The MED is not compared with path 3 because it has an external autonomous system number (that is, an AS_SEQUENCE) in the path. If the bgp bestpath med confed command is not enabled, then MED is not compared between any of these paths. Consequently, the software selects path 2 as the best path because it has the lowest IGP metric.
Task ID
Examples
The following command shows how to enable Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) software to compare MED values for paths learned from confederation peers:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 210 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med confedRelated Commands
Command
Description
Enables MED comparison among paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
Specifies that the software consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of infinity, making the path without a MED value the least desirable path.
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst
To have the software consider a missing Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute in a path as having a value of infinity, making the path without a MED value the least desirable path, use the bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable considering the MED attribute in comparing paths, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
The software assigns a value of 0 to the missing MED, causing the path with the missing MED attribute to be considered as the best possible MED.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to direct the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) software to consider a missing MED attribute in a path as having a value of infinity, making this path the least desirable path:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 210 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp bestpath med missing-as-worstbgp client-to-client reflection disable
To disable reflection of routes between route-reflection clients using a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route reflector, use the bgp client-to-client reflection disable command in address family configuration mode. To re-enable client-to-client reflection, use the no form of this command.
bgp client-to-client reflection [cluster-id cluster-id] disable
no bgp client-to-client reflection [cluster-id cluster-id] disable
Syntax Description
cluster-id cluster-id
(Optional) Cluster ID for which intra-cluster route reflection is to be disabled; maximum of 4 bytes. Cluster ID can be entered either as an IP address or value. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
Release 3.8.0
Support was added for multiple cluster-IDs.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the clients of a route reflector that are part of the same cluster are not required to be fully meshed and the routes from a client are reflected to other clients. However, if the clients are fully meshed, route reflection is not required. If the cluster-id is not specified, then this command disables intra-cluster route reflection for all clusters.
Examples
In this example, the three neighbors are fully meshed, so client-to-client reflection is disabled:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp cluster-id 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# bgp client-to-client reflection cluster-id 2 disable RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor-group rrclients RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# remote-as 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# bgp cluster-id 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-reflector-client RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.253.21 use neighbor-group rrclients RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.253.22 use neighbor-group rrclients RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.253.23 use neighbor-group rrclientsbgp cluster-id
To configure the cluster ID if the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) cluster has more than one route reflector, use the bgp cluster-id command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the cluster ID, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
cluster-id
Cluster ID of this router acting as a route reflector; maximum of 4 bytes. Cluster ID can be entered either as an IP address or value. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Together, a route reflector and its clients form a cluster. A cluster of clients usually has a single route reflector. In such instances, the cluster is identified by the software as the router ID of the route reflector. To increase redundancy and avoid a single point of failure in the network, a cluster might have more than one route reflector. If it does, all route reflectors in the cluster must be configured with the same 4-byte cluster ID so that a route reflector can recognize updates from route reflectors in the same cluster.
A single route reflector can also support multiple clusters. Each cluster is identified by a unique cluster-id. The cluster-id configured by the bgp cluster-id command is taken as the default. If bgp cluster-id is not configured, the router ID for the default VRF identifies the default cluster. A neighbor can be associated with one cluster only, and the corresponding cluster-id is configured in neighbor configuration mode. If the cluster-id is not configured for a neighbor and the neighbor is a route reflector client, then the neighbor is assigned to the default cluster.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the local router as one of the route reflectors serving the cluster. Neighbor 192.168.70.24 is assigned to the default cluster with cluster-id 1.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp cluster-id 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.70.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-clientbgp confederation identifier
To specify a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) confederation identifier, use the bgp confederation identifier command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the confederation identifier, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
One way to reduce the internal BGP (iBGP) mesh is to divide an autonomous system into multiple autonomous systems and group them into a single confederation. Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself, and has a few connections to another autonomous system in the same confederation. Although the peers in different autonomous systems have external BGP (eBGP) sessions, they exchange routing information as if they are iBGP peers. Specifically, the confederation maintains the next hop and local preference information, and that allows you to retain a single Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) for all autonomous systems. To the outside world, the confederation looks like a single autonomous system.
Use the bgp confederation identifier command to specify the autonomous system number for the confederation. This autonomous system number is used when BGP sessions are established with external peers in autonomous systems that are not part of the confederation.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to divide the autonomous system into autonomous systems 4001, 4002, 4003, 4004, 4005, 4006, and 4007 with the confederation identifier 5. Neighbor 10.2.3.4 is a router inside the confederation. Neighbor 172.20.16.6 is outside the routing domain confederation. To the outside world, there appears to be a single autonomous system with the number 5.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 4001 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation identifier 5 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4002 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4003 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4004 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4005 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4006 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 4007 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.2.3.4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 4002 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# neighbor 172.20.16.6 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 4009bgp confederation peers
To configure the autonomous systems that belong to the confederation, use the bgp confederation peers command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the autonomous system from the confederation, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
as-number
Autonomous system (AS) numbers for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peers that belong to the confederation.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The autonomous systems specified in this command are visible internally to a confederation. Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself. The bgp confederation identifier command specifies the confederation to which the autonomous systems belong.
To specify multiple autonomous systems, enter BGP confederation peer configuration mode then enter one autonomous-system-number for each command line.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows that autonomous systems 1090 and 1093 belong to a single confederation:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1090 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers 1093The following example shows that autonomous systems 1095, 1096, 1097, and 1098 belong to a single confederation:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1095 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp confederation peers RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-confed-peers)# 1096 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-confed-peers)# 1097 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-confed-peers)# 1098bgp dampening
To enable Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route dampening or change various BGP route dampening factors, use the bgp dampening command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable route dampening and reset default values, use the no form of this command.
bgp dampening [ half-life [ reuse suppress max-suppress-time ] | route-policy route-policy-name ]
no bgp dampening [ half-life [ reuse suppress max-suppress-time ] | route-policy route-policy-name ]
Syntax Description
half-life
(Optional) Time (in minutes) after which a penalty is decreased. Once the route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period (which is 15 minutes by default). Penalty reduction happens every 5 seconds. Range of the half-life period is from 1 to 45 minutes.
reuse
(Optional) Value for route reuse if the flapping route penalty decreases and falls below the reuse value. When this happens, the route is unsuppressed. The process of unsuppressing routes occurs at 10-second increments. Range is 1 to 20000.
suppress
(Optional) Maximum penalty value. Suppress a route when its penalty exceeds the value specified. When this happens, the route is suppressed. Range is 1 to 20000.
max-suppress-time
(Optional) Maximum time (in minutes) a route can be suppressed. Range is 1 to 255. If the half-life value is allowed to default, the maximum suppress time defaults to 60 minutes.
route-policy route-policy-name
(Optional) Specifies the route policy to use to set dampening parameters.
Command Default
Route dampening is disabled.
half-life : 15 minutes
reuse : 750
suppress : 2000
max-suppress-time : four times half-life value
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The policy keyword was changed to route-policy .
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the bgp dampening command without arguments to enable BGP route dampening with the default parameters. The parameters can be changed by setting them on the command line or specifying them with a routing policy.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to set the half-life value to 30 minutes, the reuse value to 1500, the suppress value to 10000, and the max-suppress-time to 120 minutes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 50 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# bgp dampening 30 1500 10000 120Related Commands
Command
Description
Clears BGP route dampening information and unsuppresses the suppressed routes.
Clears BGP flap statistics.
route-policy (RPL)
Defines a route policy and enters route-policy configuration mode.
Displays BGP dampened routes.
Displays BGP flap statistics.
Displays information about BGP connections to neighbors.
bgp default local-preference
To change the default local preference value, use the bgp default local-preference command in an appropriate configuration mode. To reset the local preference value to the default of 100, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Generally, the default value of 100 allows you to easily define a particular path as less preferable than paths with no local preference attribute. The preference is sent to all networking devices in the local autonomous system.
Task ID
bgp enforce-first-as disable
To disable the software from enforcing the first autonomous system path (known as the AS path) of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, use the bgp enforce-first-as disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable enforcing the first AS path of a received route from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
By default, the software requires the first autonomous system (in the AS path) of a route received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system configured.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the software ignores any update received from an eBGP neighbor that does not have the autonomous system configured for that neighbor at the beginning of the AS path. When configured, the command applies to all eBGP peers of the router.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows a configuration in which incoming updates from eBGP neighbors are not checked to ensure the first AS number in the AS path is the same as the configured AS number for the neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp enforce-first-as disableRelated Commands
Command
Description
Disables the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, in neighbor configuration mode, neighbor group configuration mode, and session group configuration mode.
Disables the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, in neighbor configuration mode, neighbor group configuration mode, and session group configuration mode.
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
bgp fast-external-fallover disable
To disable immediately resetting the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) sessions of any directly adjacent external peers if the link used to reach them goes down, use the bgp fast-external-fallover disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function and perform an immediate reset of BGP sessions when a link between peers is lost, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Default
BGP sessions of any directly adjacent external peers are immediately reset if the link used to reach them goes down.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, BGP sessions of any directly adjacent external peers are immediately reset, which allows the network to recover faster when links go down between BGP peers.
Task ID
bgp graceful-restart
To enable graceful restart support, use the bgp graceful-restart command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the bgp graceful-restart command to enable graceful restart functionality on the router, and also to advertise graceful restart to neighboring routers.
Note
The bgp graceful-restart command with no options must be used to enable graceful restart before using the bgp graceful-restart purge-time , bgp graceful-restart restart-time , bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time , or bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset commands.
When graceful restart is enabled, the BGP graceful restart capability is negotiated with neighbors in the BGP OPEN message when the session is established. If the neighbor also advertises support for graceful restart, then graceful restart is activated for that neighbor session. If the neighbor does not advertise support for graceful restart, then graceful restart is not activated for that neighbor session even though it is enabled locally.
If you enter the bgp graceful-restart command after some BGP sessions are established, you must restart those sessions before graceful restart takes effect. Use the clear bgp command to restart sessions.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable graceful restart:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#bgp graceful-restartRelated Commands
Command
Description
Enables a graceful reset if configuration changes force a peer reset.
Defines the maximum time before stale routes are purged.
Defines the maximum time advertised to neighbors
Defines the maximum time to wait for the End-of-RIB message from a neighbor that has been restarted before deleting learned routes.
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
Displays information about BGP connections to neighbors.
Displays BGP process information.
bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset
To invoke a graceful restart when configuration changes force a peer reset, use the bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP graceful restart must be enabled using the bgp graceful-restart command before enabling graceful reset using the bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable graceful reset:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart graceful-resetbgp graceful-restart purge-time
To specify the maximum time before stale routes are purged from the routing information base (RIB) when the local BGP process restarts, use the bgp graceful-restart purge-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the purge timer time to its default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP graceful restart must be enabled using the bgp graceful-restart command before setting the purge time using the bgp graceful-restart purge-time command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to change the BGP purge time to 800 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart purge-time 800bgp graceful-restart restart-time
To specify a user-predicted local BGP process maximum restart time, which is advertised to neighbors during session establishment, use the bgp graceful-restart restart-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set this restart time to its default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP graceful restart must be enabled using the bgp graceful-restart command before setting the restart timer using the bgp graceful-restart restart-time command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to change the BGP graceful restart time to 400 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart restart-time 400bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time
To specify the maximum time to wait for an End-of-RIB message after a neighbor restarts, use the bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the stalepath timer time to its default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP graceful restart must be enabled using the bgp graceful-restart command before setting the stalepath time using the bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time command.
If the stalepath time is exceeded before an End-of-RIB message is received from a neighbor, paths learned from the neighbor are purged from the BGP routing table.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to change the stalepath time to 750 seconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time 750bgp import-delay
To enable delay for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) batch import processing, use the bgp import-delay command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable delay in batch import processing, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
seconds Specifies batch import processing delay in seconds. Range is 0 to 10 seconds.
milliseconds Specifies batch import processing delay in milliseconds. Range is 0 to 999 seconds.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
This example shows how to set delay in batch import processing as two seconds and zero milliseconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#address-family vpnv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#bgp import-delay 2 0bgp label-delay
To enable delay for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) batch label processing, use the bgp import-delay command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable delay in batch import processing, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
seconds Specifies batch label processing delay in seconds. Range is 0 to 10 seconds.
milliseconds Specifies batch label processing delay in milliseconds. Range is 0 to 999 seconds.
Command Modes
Address-family IPv4 Unicast
Address-family IPv4 Multicast
Address-family IPv6 Unicast
Address-family IPv6 Multicast
Address-family VPNv4 Unicast
Address-family VPNv6 Unicast
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
This example shows how to set delay in batch import processing as two seconds and zero milliseconds:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#bgp label-delay 2 0bgp log neighbor changes disable
To disable logging of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor resets, use the bgp log neighbor changes disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable logging of BGP neighbor resets, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The disable keyword was changed from optional to mandatory.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Logging of BGP neighbor status changes (up or down) and resets is used for troubleshooting network connectivity problems and measuring network stability. Unexpected neighbor resets might indicate high error rates or high packet loss in the network, and should be investigated.
Status change message logging does not substantially affect performance, unlike, for example, enabling per-BGP update debugging. If the UNIX syslog facility is enabled, messages are sent by the software to the UNIX host running the syslog daemon so that the messages can be stored and archived on disk. If the UNIX syslog facility is not enabled, the status change messages are kept in the internal buffer of the router, and are not stored to disk.
The neighbor status change messages are not tracked if the bgp log neighbor changes disable command is disabled, except for the last reset reason, which is always available as output of the show bgp neighbors command.
Up and down messages for BGP neighbors are logged by the software by default. Use the bgp log neighbor changes disable command to stop logging BGP neighbor changes.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to prevent the logging of neighbor changes for BGP:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65530 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp log neighbor changes disablebgp maximum neighbor
To control the maximum number of neighbors that can be configured on the router, use the bgp maximum neighbor command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the neighbor limit to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Any attempt to configure the neighbor limit below 1 or above 15000 fails. Similarly, attempting to configure the limit below the number of neighbors currently configured fails. For example, if there are 3250 neighbors configured, you cannot set the limit below 3250.
Task ID
bgp redistribute-internal
To allow the redistribution of internal Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) routes into an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), such as Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) or Open Shortest Path First (OSPF), use the bgp redistribute-internal command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the redistribution of iBGP routes into IGPs, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use of the bgp redistribute-internal command requires the clear route * command to be issued to reinstall all BGP routes into the IP routing table.
Note
Redistributing iBGP routes into IGPs may cause routing loops to form within an autonomous system. Use this command with caution.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to redistribute iBGP routes into OSPF:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp redistribute-internal RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router ospf area1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-router)# redistribute bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-router)# end RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear route *bgp router-id
To configure a fixed router ID for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking router, use the bgp router-id command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable a fixed router ID, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
ip-address
IP Version 4 (IPv4) address to use as the router ID. Normally, this should be an IPv4 address assigned to the router.
Command Default
If no router ID is configured in BGP, BGP attempts to use the global router ID if one is configured and available. Otherwise, BGP uses the highest IP address configured on a loopback interface.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode. The interface-type interface-instance arguments were removed.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If you do not use the bgp router-id command to configure a router ID, an IP address is not configured on any loopback interface, and no global router ID is configured, BGP neighbors remain down.
For more details on router IDs, see the Cisco IOS XR Routing Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS Router
Task ID
bgp scan-time
To configure scanning intervals of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking networking devices, use the bgp scan-time command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the scanning interval to its default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VPNv4 address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VPNv6 address family configuration mode.
Release 4.0.0
Support was removed for all address family configuration modes.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the bgp scan-time command to change how frequently the software processes scanner tasks, such as conditional advertisement, dynamic MED changes, and periodic maintenance tasks.
Task ID
bgp update-delay
To set the maximum initial delay for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)-speaking router to send the first updates, use the bgp update-delay command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the initial delay to its default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
seconds
Delay in seconds for the router to send the first updates. Range is 0 to 3600.
always
(Optional) Specifies that the router always wait for the update delay time, even if all neighbors have finished sending their initial updates sooner.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
When BGP is started, it waits a specified period of time for its neighbors to establish peering sessions and to complete sending their initial updates. After all neighbors complete their initial updates, or after the update delay timer expires, the best path is calculated for each route, and the software starts sending advertisements out to its peers. This behavior improves convergence time. If the software were to advertise a route as soon as it learned it, it would have to readvertise the route each time it learned a new path that was preferred over all previously learned paths.
Use the bgp update-delay command to tune the maximum time the software waits after the first neighbor is established until it starts calculating best paths and sending out advertisements.
Task ID
bgp write-limit
To modify the upper bounds on update message queue lengths or to enable desynchronization, use the bgp write-limit command in an appropriate configuration mode. To return the bounds to their default values and to disable desynchronization, use the no form of this command.
bgp write-limit group-limit global-limit [desynchronize]
no bgp write-limit [ group-limit global-limit ] [desynchronize]
Syntax Description
group-limit
Per-update group limit on the number of update messages the software queues. Range is 500 to 100000000. Group limit cannot be greater than the global limit.
global-limit
Global limit on the number of update messages the software queues. Range is 500 to 100000000.
desynchronize
(Optional) Enables desynchronization.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The group-limit and global-limit default values have changed.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the bgp write-limit command to configure both a per-update group and a global limit on the number of messages the software queues when updating peers. Increasing these limits can result in faster Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) convergence, but also may result in higher memory use during convergence. In addition, this command can be used to enable desynchronization. Desynchronization can decrease memory use and speed up convergence for the fastest neighbors if one or more neighbors in an update group process updates significantly slower than other neighbors in the same group. However, enabling desynchronization can cause a significant degradation in overall convergence time, especially if the router is experiencing high CPU utilization. For this reason, enabling desynchronization is discouraged.
Task ID
capability additional-paths receive
To advertise capability of receiving additional paths to the peer, use the capability additional-paths receive command in neighbor configuration mode. To disable the capability of receiving additional paths, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If you enter the capability additional-paths receive command after some BGP sessions are established, you must restart those sessions for the new configuration to take effect. Use the clear bgp command to restart sessions.
Task ID
capability additional-paths send
To advertise capability of sending additional paths to the peer, use the capability additional-paths send command in neighbor configuration mode. To disable the capability of sending additional paths, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
You must restart the BGP sessions for the new configuration to take effect. Use the clear bgp command to restart sessions.
Task ID
capability orf prefix
To advertise prefix list-based Outbound Route Filter (ORF) capability to the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer, use the capability orf prefix command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the capability orf prefix command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software does not advertise the capability, use the no form of this command.
capability orf prefix { receive | send | both | none }
no capability orf prefix [ receive | send | both | none ]
Syntax Description
receive
Sets the capability to receive the ORF from a specified neighbor.
send
Sets the capability to send the ORF to a specified neighbor.
both
Sets the capability to receive and send the ORF from or to a specified neighbor.
none
Sets the capability to no for ORF receive or send from or to a specified neighbor.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF neighbor IPv4 address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was changed from capability orf prefix-list to capability orf prefix . This command was supported in VRF neighbor IPv4 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The advertisement of the prefix list ORF capability by a BGP speaker indicates whether the speaker can send prefix lists to the specified neighbor and whether it accepts prefix lists from the neighbor. The speaker sends a prefix list if it indicated the ability to send them, and if the neighbor indicated it was willing to accept them. Similarly, the neighbor sends a prefix list to the speaker if it indicated the ability to send them and the speaker indicated the willingness to accept them.
Note
The capability orf and prefix list filter specified by orf route-policy must be explicitly configured.
If the neighbor sends a prefix list and the speaker accepts it, the speaker applies the received prefix list, plus any locally configured outbound filters, to limit its outbound routing updates to the neighbor. Increased filtering prevents unwanted routing updates between neighbors and reduces resource requirements for routing update generation and processing.
Use the capability orf prefix command to set whether to advertise send and receive capabilities to the specified neighbor.
Note
Sending a receive capability can adversely affect performance, because updates sent to that neighbor cannot be replicated for any other neighbors.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the capability orf prefix command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# route-policy orfqq RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router:(config-rpl)# if orf prefix in (10.0.0.0/8 ge 20) then RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# pass RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# endif RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# if orf prefix in (1910::16 ge 120) then RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# pass RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# endif RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-rpl)# end-policy RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65530 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-policy pass-all out RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# capability orf prefix both RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# orf route-policy orfqqRelated Commands
Command
Description
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Displays information about BGP neighbors. Use the received prefix-filter keywords to display information on the prefix list filter.
capability suppress 4-byte-as
To suppress 4-byte AS capability from being advertised to the BGP peer, use the capability suppress 4-byte-as command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the capability suppress 4-byte-as command from the configuration and restore the system to the default condition, in which the software advertises the capability, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.1
This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the software advertises the 4-byte AS capability to BGP peers. To override this default behavior, use the capability suppress 4-byte-as command under the command modes listed in the ''Command Modes'' section. If configured under the neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Use the no option to remove the command.
Caution
The BGP session resets automatically, if the 4-byte AS capability of an existing BGP session is changed by configuring capability suppress 4-byte-as or capability suppress 4-byte-as inheritance-disable .
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the capability suppress 4-byte-as command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 10.3.3.3 conf neighbor 10.3.3.3 remote-as 65000 [n:internal] description PE3 [] update-source Loopback0 [n:internal] address-family ipv4 unicast [n:internal] RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp nei 10.3.3.3 BGP neighbor is 10.3.3.3 Remote AS 65000, local AS 65000, internal link Description: PE3 Remote router ID 10.3.3.3 BGP state = Established, up for 1w0d Last read 00:00:17, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Precedence: internet Neighbor capabilities: Route refresh: advertised and received 4-byte AS: advertised and received Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Received 25962 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 25968 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor version 1 Update group: 0.3 Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288 Threshold for warning message 75% An EoR was received during read-only mode Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 1w0d, due to BGP Notification sent: hold time expired Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 1w0d Error Code: hold time expired Notification data sent: None RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 65000 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 10.3.3.3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#capability suppress 4-byte-as RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#commit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#end RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nei 10.3.3.3 BGP neighbor is 10.3.3.3 Remote AS 65000, local AS 65000, internal link Description: PE3 Remote router ID 10.3.3.3 BGP state = Established, up for 00:00:16 Last read 00:00:11, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Precedence: internet Neighbor capabilities: Route refresh: advertised and received Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Capability 4-byte-as suppress is configured Received 25966 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 25972 messages, 1 notifications, 0 in queue Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 seconds For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor version 1 Update group: 0.2 Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288 Threshold for warning message 75% An EoR was received during read-only mode Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:43, due to Capabilty 4-byte-as configuration changed Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 1w0d Error Code: hold time expired Notification data sent: NoneWith the inheritance-disable keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# capability suppress 4-byte-as inheritance-disable RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor 10.0.101.1 config neighbor 10.0.101.1 remote-as 1 [] address-family ipv4 unicast [] RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor 10.0.101.1 BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.1 Remote AS 1, local AS 100, external link Remote router ID 0.0.0.0 BGP state = Idle Last read 00:00:00, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Precedence: internet Received 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 0 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 secondsclear bgp
To reset a group of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the clear bgp command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } | ipv6 { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast } | all { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel } | vpnv4 unicast | vrf { vrf-name | all } { ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast } | vpnv6 unicast ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast and labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address prefixes.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address prefixes.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the clear bgp command to reset the sessions of the specified group of neighbors (hard reset); it removes the TCP connection to the neighbor, removes all routes received from the neighbor from the BGP table, and then re-establishes the session with the neighbor.
If the graceful keyword is specified, the routes from the neighbor are not removed from the BGP table immediately, but are marked as stale. After the session is re-established, any stale route that has not been received again from the neighbor is removed.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to hard reset neighbor 10.0.0.1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp 10.0.0.1clear bgp current-mode
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the clear bgp current-mode command to switch from standalone to distributed mode, or from distributed to standalone mode. The show bgp process command indicates the current BGP mode.
Note
Switching from one mode to another causes all BGP sessions to go down.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows the show bgp process command output before and after switching from one BGP mode to another:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process BGP Process Information BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode Autonomous System: 3 Router ID: 10.18.18.11 Cluster ID: 10.18.18.11 Fast external fallover enabled Neighbor logging is enabled Enforce first AS enabled Default local preference: 100 Default keepalive: 60 Update delay: 120 Generic scan interval: 60 Address family: IPv4 Unicast Dampening is not enabled Client reflection is enabled Scan interval: 60 Main Table Version: 3 IGP notification: IGPs notified RIB has converged: version 0 Node Process Nbrs Estb Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcv Nfn-Snt node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 5 5 51 0 7 0 5 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# distributed speaker 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# distributed speaker 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.101.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# speaker-id 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# commit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp current-mode RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process BGP Process Information BGP is operating in DISTRIBUTED mode Autonomous System: 3 Router ID: 10.18.18.11 Cluster ID: 10.18.18.11 Fast external fallover enabled Neighbor logging is enabled Enforce first AS enabled Default local preference: 100 Default keepalive: 60 Update delay: 120 Generic scan interval: 60 Address family: IPv4 Unicast Dampening is not enabled Client reflection is enabled Scan interval: 60 Main Table Version: 1 IGP notification: IGPs not notified RIB has not converged: version 0 Node Process Nbrs Estb Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcv Nfn-Snt node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 1 4 1 52 0 0 0 4 node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 2 1 0 9 0 0 0 1 node0_0_CPU0 bRIB 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 node0_0_CPU0 bRIB 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0clear bgp dampening
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route dampening information and unsuppress the suppressed routes, use the clear bgp dampening command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast and labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
ip-address
(Optional) IP address of the network about which to clear dampening information.
/mask-length
(Optional) Network mask applied to the IP address.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Always use the clear bgp dampening command for an individual address-family. The all option for address-families with clear bgp dampening should never be used during normal functioning of the system. For example, useclear bgp ipv4 unicast dampening prefix x.x.x./yTask ID
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the route dampening information for all 172.20.0.0/16 IPv4 multicast paths:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 multicast dampening 172.20.0.0/16clear bgp external
To clear all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) external peers, use the clear bgp external command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
graceful
(Optional) Clears all external peers with a hard reset and a graceful restart. This option is available when an address family is not specified.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
clear bgp flap-statistics
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) flap counts for a specified group of routes, use the clear bgp flap-statistics command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
regexp regexp
(Optional) Clears flap statistics for routes whose AS paths match the regular expression.
route-policy route-policy-name
(Optional) Clears flap statistics for the specific route policy.
network
(Optional) Network for which flap counts are to be cleared.
/mask-length
(Optional) Network mask of the network for which flap counts are to be cleared.
ip-address
(Optional) Neighbor address. Clears only flap statistics for routes received from this neighbor.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The filter-list access-list keyword and argument were changed to route-policy route-policy-name
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
Release 3.4.0
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported.
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the flap count for all routes (in all address families) originating in autonomous system 1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#clear bgp all all flap-statistics regexp _1$The following example shows how to clear the flap count for all IPv4 unicast routes received from neighbor 172.20.1.1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics 172.20.1.1clear bgp nexthop performance-statistics
To reset the number of received notifications and the cumulative processing time for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) next hop, use the clear bgp nexthop performance-statistics command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel} | vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast} vpnv6 unicast} nexthop performance-statistics
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the clear bgp nexthop performance-statistics command to reset the total number of notifications received from the Routing Information Base (RIB) and the cumulative next-hop processing time. The following information is cleared from the show bgp nexthops command output:
- Total critical notifications received
- Total noncritical notifications received
- Best path deleted after last walk
- Best path changed after last walk
- Next-hop table total number of critical and noncritical notifications (Notf) and the time of the last notification received from the RIB (LastRIB) columns (only entries that have a status of unreachable [UR])
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to clear next-hop performance statistics:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp vrf vrf_A nexthop performance statisticsclear bgp nexthop registration
To reregister a specified next hop with the Routing Information Base (RIB), use the clear bgp nexthop registration command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp {ipv4 {unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast} | all {unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel} | vpnv4 unicast | vrf {vrf-name | all} {ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast} | ipv6 unicast | vpnv6 unicast} nexthop registration nexthop-address nexthop-address
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies labeled-unicast address prefixes.
all
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
nexthop-address
Address of the next hop.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the clear bgp nexthop registration command to perform an asynchronous registration of the next hop with the RIB. The show bgp nexthops command output shows a critical notification as the LastRIBEvent for the next hop when the clear bgp nexthop registration command is used.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to reregister the next hop with the RIB:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp nexthop registration 10.1.1.1clear bgp peer-drops
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to clear the connection-dropped counter for all BGP neighbors:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp peer-drops *clear bgp performance-statistics
To clear the performance statistics for all address families, use the clear bgp performance-statistics command.
Syntax Description
vrf
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
clear bgp self-originated
To clear Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes that are self-originated, use the clear bgp self-originated command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp { ipv4 { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all } | | ipv6 { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all | } | | all { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all } | | vpnv4 unicast | | vrf { vrf-name | | all } | | vpnv6 unicast } self-originated
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
Release 3.4.0
The vpnv4 unicast keywords were added.
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Self-originated routes are routes locally originated by the network command, redistribute command, or aggregate-address command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to clear self-originated IPv4 routes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 unicast self-originatedclear bgp shutdown
To clear all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors that shut down due to low memory, use the clear bgp shutdown command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp { ipv4 { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all } | | ipv6 { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all | } | | all { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all } | | vpnv4 unicast | | vrf { vrf-name | | all } | | vpnv6 unicast } shutdown
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.2
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to clear all shut-down BGP neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp shutdownclear bgp soft
To soft reset a group of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the clear bgp soft command in EXEC mode.
clear bgp { ipv4 { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all | | tunnel | | mdt } | | ipv6 { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all | } | | all { unicast | | multicast | | labeled-unicast | | all | | tunnel | | mdt } | | vpnv4 unicast | | vrf { vrf-name | | all } | | vpnv6 unicast } { * | | ip-address | | as | as-number | | external } soft [ [ in | { prefix-filter } | | out ] ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF).
vrf-name
Name of a VRF.
all
For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
*
Soft resets all BGP neighbors.
ip-address
IP address of the neighbor to be reset.
as as-number
Autonomous system (AS) number for all neighbors to be reset. Range for 2-byte numbers is 1 to 65535. Range for 4-byte numbers is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
external
Specifies clearing of all external peers.
in
(Optional) Triggers an inbound soft reset. If the in or out keyword is not specified, both inbound and outbound soft resets are triggered.
prefix-filter
(Optional) Specifies to send a new Outbound Route Filter (ORF) to the neighbor. Neighbor installs the new ORF and resends its routes.
out
(Optional) Triggers an outbound soft reset. If the in or out keyword is not specified, both inbound and outbound soft resets are triggered.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
Release 3.4.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported for ipv6 and all address families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the clear bgp soft command to trigger a soft reset of the specified address families for the specified group of neighbors. This command is useful if you change the inbound or outbound policy for the neighbors, or any other configuration that affects the sending or receiving of routing updates.
If an outbound soft reset is triggered, BGP resends all routes for the address family to the given neighbors.
If an inbound soft reset is triggered, BGP by default sends a REFRESH request to the neighbor, if the neighbor has advertised the ROUTE_REFRESH capability. To determine whether the neighbor has advertised the ROUTE_REFRESH capability, use the show bgp neighbors command, and look for the following line of output:
Received route refresh capability from peer.If the neighbor does not support route refresh, but the soft-reconfiguration inbound command is configured for the neighbor, then BGP uses the routes cached as a result of the soft-reconfiguration inbound command to perform the soft reset.
If you want BGP to use the cached routes even if the neighbor supports route refresh, you can use the always keyword when configuring the soft-reconfiguration inbound command.
If the neighbor does not support route refresh and the soft-reconfiguration inbound command is not configured, then inbound soft reset is not possible. In this case, an error is printed.
Note
By default, if the configuration for an inbound or outbound route policy is changed, BGP performs an automatic soft reset. Use the bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable command to disable this behavior.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to trigger an inbound soft clear for IPv4 unicast routes received from neighbor 10.0.0.1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# clear bgp ipv4 unicast 10.0.0.1 soft inRelated Commands
Command
Description
Disables an automatic soft reset of BGP peers when the configured inbound route policy is modified.
Resets a group of BGP neighbors.
Clears self-originated routes.
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
Configures the software to store updates received from a neighbor.
cluster-id
To configure the cluster for a neighbor, use the cluster-id command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the cluster, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
cluster-id
Cluster ID of the router acting as a route reflector; maximum of four bytes. Cluster ID can be entered either as an IP address or value. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
A single route reflector can support multiple clusters. A neighbor can be associated with one cluster only. And the corresponding cluster ID is configured in neighbor configuration mode. If the cluster ID is not configured for a neighbor and the neighbor is a route reflector client, then the neighbor is assigned to the default cluster.
A neighbor will be considered to be a route reflector client only if it is configured as a route reflector client in the appropriate address-family configuration mode.
Configuring the cluster ID using the cluster-id command for a neighbor group or session group under the neighbor group configuration mode or the session group configuration mode causes all neighbors using the group to inherit the characteristics configured with the command. Configuring the command directly for the neighbor overrides the value inherited from the group.
To increase redundancy and avoid a single point of failure in the network, the clusters might be connected to more than one route reflector. In this case, the neighbor to cluster-id mapping at all the route reflectors must be the same so that a route reflector can recognize updates from route reflectors that are connected to the same clusters.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the local router as one of the route reflectors serving three clusters. Neighbor 192.168.70.25 is assigned to the default cluster with cluster ID 1.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# bgp cluster-id 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.70.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# cluster-id 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-client RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.70.25 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-client RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.70.26 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# cluster-id 3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-clientdefault-information originate (BGP)
To allow origination of a default route to be redistributed into the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) from another protocol, use the default-information originate command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the redistribute command to redistribute routes from another protocol into BGP. By default, if these routes include the default route (0.0.0.0/0 for IPv4 or ::/0 for IPv6), the default route is ignored. Use the default-information originate command to change this behavior so that the default route is not ignored and is redistributed into BGP along with the other routes for the protocol being redistributed.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure BGP to redistribute the default route into BGP:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 164 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# default-information originatedefault-metric (BGP)
To set default metric values for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the default-metric command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable metric values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
value
Default metric value appropriate for the specified routing protocol. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the default-metric command to set the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) to advertise to peers for routes that do not already have a metric set (routes that were received with no MED attribute).
Task ID
default-originate
To cause a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) speaker (the local router) to send the default route 0.0.0.0/0 to a neighbor for use as a default route, use the default-originate command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
default-originate [ inheritance-disable | route-policy route-policy-name ]
no default-originate [ inheritance-disable | route-policy route-policy-name ]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Prevents the default-originate command characteristics from being inherited from a parent group.
route-policy route-policy-name
(Optional) Specifies the name of a route policy. The route policy allows route 0.0.0.0 to be injected conditionally. IPv6 address family is supported.
Command Modes
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The policy keyword was changed to route-policy .
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The default-originate command does not require the presence of the default route (0.0.0.0/0 for IPv4 or ::/0 for IPv6) in the local router. When the default-originate command is used with a route policy, the default route is advertised if any route in the BGP table matches the policy.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to unconditionally advertise the route 0.0.0.0/0 to the neighbor 172.20.2.3:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.2.3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 200 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# default-originateThe following example shows how to advertise the route 0.0.0.0/0 to the neighbor 172.20.2.3 only if a route exists in the BGP table that matches the route policy called default-default-policy:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.2.3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 200 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# default-originate route-policy default-default-policydescription (BGP)
To annotate a neighbor, neighbor group, VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) neighbor, or session group, use the description command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the annotation, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
Session group configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the description command to provide a description of a neighbor, neighbor group, VRF neighbor, or session group. The description is used to save user comments and does not affect software function.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the description “Our best customer” on the neighbor 192.168.13.4:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 65000 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 192.168.13.4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#description Our best customerdistance bgp
To allow the use of external, internal, and local administrative distances that could be used to prefer one class of routes over another, use the distance bgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the use of administrative distances, use the nono form of this command.
distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance
no distance bgp [ external-distance internal-distance local-distance ]
Syntax Description
external-distance
Administrative distance for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) external routes. External routes are routes for which the best path is learned from a neighbor external to the autonomous system. Range is 1 to 255. Routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
internal-distance
Administrative distance for BGP internal routes. Internal routes are those routes that are learned from another BGP entity within the same autonomous system. Range is 1 to 255. Routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
local-distance
Administrative distance for BGP local routes. The local-distance argument applies to locally generated aggregate routes (such as the routes generated by the aggregate-address command) and backdoor routes installed in the routing table. Range is 1 to 255. Routes with a distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the distance bgp command if another protocol is known to be able to provide a better route to a node than was actually learned using external BGP, or if some internal routes should be preferred by BGP.
Note
Changing the administrative distance of BGP internal routes is considered risky and is not recommended. One problem that can arise is the accumulation of routing table inconsistencies, which can interfere with routing.
An administrative distance is a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information source. Numerically, an administrative distance is an integer from 1 to 255. In general, the higher the value, the lower the trust rating. An administrative distance of 255 means the routing information source cannot be trusted at all and should be ignored.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows that iBGP routes are preferable to locally generated routes, so the administrative distance values are set accordingly:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)#distance bgp 20 20 200distributed speaker
To enable a distributed speaker process, use the distributed speaker command in router configuration mode. To remove the distributed speaker process, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If BGP is currently running in standalone mode, you must enter the clear bgp current-mode command to switch from standalone or distributed mode.
Task ID
dmz-link-bandwidth
To originate a demilitarized zone (DMZ) link bandwidth extended community for the link to an eBGP or iBGP neighbor, use the dmz-link-bandwidth command in an Neighbor configuration mode. To stop origination of the DMZ link bandwidth extended community, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Prevents the dmz-link-bandwidth command from being inherited from a parent group.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the dmz-link-bandwidth command to advertise the bandwidth of links that are used to exit an autonomous system.
Task ID
Examples
This example shows how to advertise the bandwidth of links to eBGP neighbors from router bgp 1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 45.67.89.01 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#dmz-link-bandwidthRelated Commands
Command
Description
bandwidth
Configures the bandwidth of an interface.
Controls the maximum number of parallel routes that Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) installs in the routing table.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
dscp (BGP)
To set the differentiated services code point (DSCP) value, use the dscp command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the dscp command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default interval values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
value
Value of the DSCP. The DSCP value can be a number from 0 to 63, or it can be one of the following keywords: default , ef , af11 , af12 , af13 , af21 , af22 , af23 , af31 , af32 , af33 , af41 , af42 , af43 , cs1 , cs2 , cs3 , cs4 , cs5 , cs6 , or cs7 .
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor session group configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the dscp command to change the minimum and maximum packet thresholds for the DSCP value.
Table 1 lists the DSCP default settings used by the dscp command. The DSCP value, corresponding minimum threshold, maximum threshold, and mark probability are listed. The last row of the table (the row labeled "default") shows the default settings used for any DSCP value not specifically shown in the table.
Table 2 dscp Default Settings DSCP (Precedence)
Minimum Threshold
Maximum Threshold
Mark Probability
af11
32
40
1/10
af12
28
40
1/10
af13
24
40
1/10
af21
32
40
1/10
af22
28
40
1/10
af23
24
40
1/10
af31
32
40
1/10
af32
28
40
1/10
af33
24
40
1/10
af41
32
40
1/10
af42
28
40
1/10
af43
24
40
1/10
cs1
22
40
1/10
cs1
24
40
1/10
cs3
26
40
1/10
cs4
28
40
1/10
cs5
30
40
1/10
cs6
32
40
1/10
cs7
34
40
1/10
ef
36
40
1/10
default
20
40
1/10
Task ID
ebgp-multihop
To accept and attempt Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections to external peers residing on networks that are not directly connected, use the ebgp-multihop command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable connections to external peers and allow only direct connections between neighbors, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the ebgp-multihop command to enable multihop peerings with external BGP neighbors. The BGP protocol states that external neighbors must be directly connected (one hop away). The software enforces this by default; however, the ebgp-multihop command can be used to override this behavior.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to allow a BGP connection to neighbor 172.20.16.6 of up to 255 hops away:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.16.6 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# ebgp-multihopenforce-first-as
To enable the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, use the enforce-first-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable enforcing the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
By default, the software requires the first autonomous system (in the AS path) of a route received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system configured.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the software ignores any update received from an eBGP neighbor that does not have the autonomous system configured for that neighbor at the beginning of the AS path. When configured, the command applies to all eBGP peers under the neighbor, neighbor group or session group.
At any given time, either the enforce-first-as command or the enforce-first-as-disable command can be configured under a given neighbor, neighbor group or session group. Configuring one command overwrites the other command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows a configuration in which incoming updates from eBGP neighbors are checked to ensure the first AS number in the AS path is the same as the configured AS number for the neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.2.3.4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# enforce-first-asRelated Commands
Command
Description
Disables the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, in router configuration mode and VRF configuration mode.
Disables the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, in neighbor configuration mode, neighbor group configuration mode, and session group configuration mode.
enforce-first-as-disable
To disable the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, use the enforce-first-as-disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable enforcing first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system, use the no form of this command.
Command Default
By default, the software requires the first autonomous system (in the AS path) of a route received from an eBGP peer to be the same as the remote autonomous system configured.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
By default, the software ignores any update received from an eBGP neighbor that does not have the autonomous system configured for that neighbor at the beginning of the AS path. When configured, the command applies to all eBGP peers under the neighbor, neighbor-group or session-group.
At any given time, either the enforce-first-as-disable command or the enforce-first-as command can be configured under a given neighbor, neighbor group or session group. Configuring one command overwrites the other command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows a configuration in which incoming updates from eBGP neighbors are not checked to ensure the first AS number in the AS path is the same as the configured AS number for the neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.2.3.4 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# enforce-first-as-disableRelated Commands
Command
Description
Disables the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, in router configuration mode and VRF configuration mode.
Enables the software to enforce the first autonomous system in the AS path of a route received from an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer to be the same as the configured remote autonomous system, under neighbor configuration mode, neighbor group configuration mode, and session group configuration mode.
export route-policy
To configure an export route policy, use the export route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in global VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the export route-policy command to define the conditions that allow specified routes to be tagged with specified route-targets.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure an export route policy:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# vrf vrf-1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf)#address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf-af)# export route-policy policy-Aexport route-target
To configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) export route-target extended community, use the export route-target command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
export route-target [ as-number:nn | | ip-address:nn ]
no export route-target [ as-number:nn | | ip-address:nn ]
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
(Optional) as-number —Autonomous system (AS) number of the route-target extended community.
ip-address:nn
(Optional) IP address of the route-target extended community.
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Export route-target extended communities are associated with prefixes when advertised to remote provider edge (PE) routers. The remote PE routers import the route-target extended communities into a VRF instance that has the import route-targets that match the exported route-target extended communities.
To specify multiple route targets, enter export route target configuration mode then enter one route target for each command line.
Task ID
ibgp policy out enforce-modifications
To allow an outbound route policy for an internal BGP (iBGP) peer to modify all BGP route attributes, use the ibgp policy out enforce-modifications command in router configuration mode. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the ibgp policy out enforce-modifications command to set and modify BGP route attributes for updates to iBGP peers.
If the ibgp policy out enforce-modifications command is configured under router BGP configuration, then all the changes made by the outbound policy for an iBGP peer will be present in an update message sent to the peer.
Task ID
import route-policy
To configure an import route policy, use the import route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in global VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the import route-policy command to define the conditions that allow specified routes to be imported into the VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance if the routes are tagged with specified route-targets.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to allow only policy-B to be imported to VRF:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# vrf vrf-1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-vrf-af)# import route-policy policy-Bimport route-target
To configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) import route-target extended community, use the import route-target command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
import route-target [ as-number:nn | | ip-address:nn ]
no import route-target [ as-number:nn | | ip-address:nn ]
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
(Optional) Autonomous system (AS) number of the route-target extended community.
ip-address:nn
(Optional) IP address of the route-target extended community.
Command Modes
Global VRF IPv4 address family configuration
Global VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the import route-target command to specify that prefixes associated with the configured import route-target extended communities are imported into the VRF instance.
To specify multiple route targets, enter import route target configuration mode, then enter one route target for each command line.
Task ID
ignore-connected-check
To enable the software to bypass the directly connected next hop check for single-hop eBGP peering, use the ignore-connected-check command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable the directly connected next hop check, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
Prevents the ignore-connected-check command from being inherited from the parent.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.8.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
keychain
To apply key chain-based authentication on a TCP connection between two Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the keychain command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable key chain authentication, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
name
Key chain name configured using the keychain command. The name must be a maximum of 32 alphanumeric characters.
Command Default
When this command is not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, key chain authentication is not enabled on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Specify a key chain to enable key chain authentication between two BGP peers. Use the keychain command to implement hitless key rollover for authentication.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or a session group, a neighbor using the group inherits the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Note
BGP only supports HMAC-MD5 and HMAC-SHA1-12 cryptographic algorithms.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure neighbor 172.20.1.1 to use the key chain authentication configured in the keychain_A key chain:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# keychain keychain_Akeychain-disable
Note
Effective with Release 3.9.0, the keychain-disable command was replaced by the keychain inheritance-disable command. See the keychain inheritance-disable command for more information.To override any inherited key chain configuration from a neighbor group or session group for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the keychain-disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable overriding any inherited key chain command, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0
This command was replaced by the keychain inheritance-disable command.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If you specify a key chain on a neighbor group or session group, all users of the group inherit the key chain. Specifying a different keychain command specifically on a neighbor that uses the group overrides the inherited value. Specifying keychain-disable on a neighbor that uses the group disables key chain authentication for the neighbor.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to disable key chain authentication for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing it from inheriting the key chain keychain_A from session group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# keychain keychain_A RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#use session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# keychain-disablekeychain inheritance-disable
To override any inherited key chain configuration from a neighbor group or session group for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the keychain inheritance-disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable overriding any inherited key chain command, use the no form of this command.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If you specify a key chain on a neighbor group or session group, all users of the group inherit the key chain. Specifying a different keychain command specifically on a neighbor that uses the group overrides the inherited value. Specifying keychain inheritance-disable on a neighbor that uses the group disables key chain authentication for the neighbor.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to disable key chain authentication for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing it from inheriting the key chain keychain_A from session group group1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# keychain keychain_A RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# keychain inheritance-disablelabel-allocation-mode
To set the MPLS/VPN label allocation mode, use the label-allocation-mode command in VRF configuration mode. To remove the label-allocation-mode command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
per-ce
Specifies that the same label is used for all the routes advertised from a unique customer edge (CE) peer or router.
per-vrf
Specifies that the same label is used for all the routes advertised from a unique VRF.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.8.0
The per-vrf keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Each prefix that belongs to a VRF instance is advertised with a single label, causing an additional lookup to be performed in the VRF forwarding table to determine the customer edge (CE) next hop for the packet. Use the label-allocation-mode command with the per-ce keyword to avoid the additional lookup on the PE router and conserve label space. This mode allows the PE router to allocate one label for every immediate next hop. The label is directly mapped to the next hop so there is no VRF route lookup performed during data forwarding. However, the number of labels allocated is one for each CE rather than one for each prefix.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to set the label allocation mode to customer edge:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf-1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# label-allocation-mode per-ceThe following example shows how to set the label allocation mode to VRF:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf-1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# label-allocation-mode per-vrflocal-as
To allow customization of the autonomous system number for external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) neighbor peerings, use the local-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable customization of local autonomous system values for eBGP neighbor peerings, use the no form of this command.
local-as { as-number [ no-prepend [ replace-as [dual-as] ] ] | inheritance-disable }
no local-as [ as-number [ no-prepend [ replace-as [dual-as] ] ] | inheritance-disable ]
Syntax Description
as-number
Valid autonomous system number.
Range for 2-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is 1 to 65535.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) in asplain format is 1 to 4294967295.
Range for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers (ASNs) is asdot format is 1.0 to 65535.65535.
Cannot be the autonomous system number to which the neighbor belongs.
no-prepend
(Optional) Specifies that local autonomous system values are not prepended to announcements from the neighbor.
replace-as
(Optional) Specifies that prepend only local autonomous system values to announcements to the neighbor.
dual-as
(Optional) Dual-AS mode.
inheritance-disable
Prevents local AS from being inherited from the parent.
Command Default
The BGP autonomous system number specified in the router bgp command is used, except when confederations are in use. The confederation autonomous system is used for external neighbors in an autonomous system that is not part of the confederation.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The no-prepend and disable keywords were added.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Release 3.4.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.8.0
The replace-as keyword was added.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported. The dual-as keyword was added. The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
You can specify the autonomous system number the local BGP uses to peer with each neighbor. The autonomous system number specified with this command cannot be the local BGP autonomous system number (specified with the router bgp command) or the autonomous system number of the neighbor (specified with the remote-as command). This command cannot be specified for internal neighbors or for external neighbors in an autonomous system that is part of a confederation.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows BGP using autonomous system 30 for the purpose of peering with neighbor 172.20.1.1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 300 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# local-as 30maximum-paths (BGP)
To control the maximum number of parallel routes that Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) installs in the routing table, use the maximum-paths command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the maximum number of parallel routes the software installs to the default value, use the no form of this command.
maximum-paths { ebgp | ibgp | eibgp } maximum [ unequal-cost ]
no maximum-paths { ebgp | ibgp | eibgp } [ maximum ] [ unequal-cost ]
Syntax Description
ebgp
Specifies external BGP multipath peers.
ibgp
Specifies internal BGP multipath peers.
eibgp
Specifies internal and external BGP multipath peers. eiBGP allows simultaneous use of internal and external paths.
maximum
Maximum number of parallel routes that BGP installs in the routing table. Range is 2 to 8
unequal-cost
(Optional) Allows iBGP multipaths to have different BGP next-hop Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metrics. This option is available when the ibgp keyword is used.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The ebgp and ibgp keywords were added and the maximum range was changed from 1–8 to 2–8.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode. The eibgp and unequal-cost keywords were added.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the maximum-paths command to allow the BGP protocol to install multiple paths into the routing table for each prefix. Multiple paths are installed for external peers that are from the same autonomous system and are equal cost (according to the BGP best-path algorithm). Similarly, multiple paths are installed for internal peers that are equal cost based on the BGP best-path algorithm. The IGP metric to the BGP next hop is the same as the best-path IGP metric unless the router is configured for unequal cost iBGP multipath or eiBGP multipath. See Implementing BGP in the Cisco IOS XR Routing Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS Router for information on the BGP best-path algorithm.
Note
The maximum-paths command with the eibgp keyword cannot be configured if the ibgp or ebgp keywords have been configured, because the eibgp keyword is a superset of the ibgp or ebgp keywords.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to allow a maximum of four paths to a destination installed into the IPv4 unicast routing table:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# maximum-paths ebgp 4maximum-prefix (BGP)
To control how many prefixes can be received from a neighbor, use the maximum-prefix command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the prefix limits to the default values, use the no form of this command.
maximum-prefix maximum [ threshold ] [ warning-only ]
no maximum-prefix [ maximum [ threshold ] [ warning-only ] ]
Syntax Description
maximum
Maximum number of prefixes allowed from this neighbor. Range is 1 to 4294967295.
threshold
(Optional) Integer specifying at what percentage of the maximum argument value the software starts to generate a warning message. Range is 1 to 100.
warning-only
(Optional) Instructs the software to generate a log message only when the maximum argument value is exceeded, and not terminate the peering.
Command Default
When this command is not specified, the following defaults apply:
IPv4 unicast: 524,288 prefixes
IPv4 multicast: 131,072 prefixes
IPv4 tunnel: 524, 288
IPv6 unicast: 131,072 prefixes
IPv6 multicast: 131,072 prefixes
VPNv4 unicast: 524, 288
VPNv6 unicast: 524, 288
The default threshold when a warning message is generated is 75 percent.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 tunnel address family group configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VPNv4 address family, VPNv4 neighbor address, and VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration modes.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the maximum-prefix command to configure a maximum number of prefixes that a BGP router is allowed to receive from a neighbor. It adds another mechanism (besides routing policy) to control prefixes received from a peer.
When the number of received prefixes exceeds the maximum number configured, the software terminates the peering, by default, after sending a cease notification to the neighbor. However, if the warning-only keyword is configured, the software writes only a log message, but continues peering with the sender. If the peer is terminated, the peer stays down until the clear bgp command is issued.
This command takes effect immediately if configured on an established neighbor unless the number of prefixes received from the neighbor already exceeds the configured limits.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows the maximum number of IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast prefixes allowed from the neighbor at 192.168.40.24 set to 1000:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# maximum-prefix 1000mpls activate (BGP)
To enable Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) on an interface basis for ASBR and CSC configurations whenever a bgp confederation configuration is used, use the mpls activate command in bgp configuration mode. This is needed for InterAS (option B and C) and Carrier Supporting Carrier (CSC) configurations with confederations.
The normal InterAS and CSC configurations (without confederations) do not need to enable this.
To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Router configuration
Neighbor configuration
IPv4 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Thempls activate command enables MPLS on the interface specified and also adds the implicit null rewrite corresponding to the peer associated with the interface. The interface specified must be the one corresponding to the inter-AS ASBR or CSC peer.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to activate MPLS for InterAS Option B (with confederations):
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 1 bgp confederation peers 2002 ! bgp confederation identifier 4589 bgp router-id 3.3.3.3 mpls activate interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/0 ! address-family ipv4 unicast redistribute connected ! address-family vpnv4 unicast retain route-target all ! neighbor 10.0.0.9 remote-as 2002 address-family ipv4 unicast route-policy pass in route-policy pass out ! address-family vpnv4 unicast route-policy pass inThe following example shows how to activate MPLS for CSC (with confederations):
router bgp 2002 bgp confederation peers 1 ! bgp confederation identifier 4589 bgp router-id 4.4.4.4 address-family ipv4 unicast allocate-label all ! address-family vpnv4 unicast retain route-target all ! vrf foo rd 1:1 mpls activate interface GigabitEthernet0/1/0/2 ! address-family ipv4 unicast redistribute connected allocate-label all ! neighbor 10.0.0.1 remote-as 1 address-family ipv4 unicast ! address-family ipv4 labeled-unicast route-policy pass in route-policy pass out ! ! ! ! RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls forwarding Local Outgoing Prefix Outgoing Next Hop Bytes Label Label or ID Interface Switched ------ ----------- ------------------ ------------ --------------- ------------ 16000 Aggregate foo: Per-VRF Aggr[V] \ foo 0 16001 Pop 10.0.0.0/16[V] Gi0/1/0/2 10.0.0.1 44 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show mpls interfaces Interface LDP Tunnel Enabled -------------------------- -------- -------- -------- GigabitEthernet0/1/0/2 No No Yesneighbor (BGP)
To enter neighbor configuration mode for configuring Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing sessions, use the neighbor command in an appropriate configuration mode. To delete all configuration for a neighbor and terminate peering sessions with the neighbor, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
From router configuration mode, you can use this command to enter neighbor configuration mode.
From neighbor configuration mode, you can enter address family configuration for the neighbor by using the address-family command, which allows you to configure routing sessions for IP Version 4 and IP Version 6 address prefixes.
The neighbor command does not cause the neighbor to be configured and does not result in a peering to be established with the neighbor. To create the neighbor, you configure a remote autonomous system number by entering the remote-as command, or the neighbor can inherit a remote autonomous system from a neighbor group or session group if the use command is applied.
Note
A neighbor must have must a remote autonomous system number, and an IP address and address family must be enabled on the neighbor.
Unlike IPv4, IPv6 must be enabled before any IPv6 neighbors can be defined. Enable IPv6 in router configuration mode using the address-family command.
Note
Configuration for the neighbor cannot occur (peering is not established) until the neighbor is given a remote as-number and neighbor address.
The no form of this command causes the peering with the neighbor to be terminated and all configuration that relates to the neighbor to be removed.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to place the router in neighbor configuration mode for BGP routing process 1 and configure the neighbor IP address 172.168.40.24 as a BGP peer:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65000The following example shows how to enable IPv6 for BGP, then place the router in neighbor configuration mode for an IPv6 neighbor, 3000::1, and configure neighbor 3000::1 as a BGP peer:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv6 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 3000::1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2002 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv6 unicastneighbor-group
To create a neighbor group and enter neighbor group configuration mode, use the neighbor-group command in router configuration mode. To remove a neighbor group and delete all configuration associated with the group, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The neighbor-group command puts the router in neighbor group configuration mode and creates a neighbor group.
A neighbor group helps you apply the same configuration to one or more neighbors. After a neighbor group is configured, each neighbor can inherit the configuration through the use command. If a neighbor is configured to use a neighbor group, the neighbor, by default, inherits the entire configuration of the neighbor group, which includes the address family-independent and address family-specific configurations. The inherited configuration can be overridden if you directly configure commands for the neighbor or if you configure session groups or address family groups with the use command.
From neighbor group configuration mode, you can configure address family-independent parameters for the neighbor group. To enter address family-specific configuration for the neighbor group, use the address-family command when in the neighbor group configuration mode.
Note
If an address family is configured for a neighbor group, neighbors that use the neighbor group attempt to exchange routes in that address family.
The no form of this command ordinarily causes all configuration for the neighbor group to be removed. If using the no form would result in a neighbor losing its remote autonomous system number, the configuration is rejected. In this scenario, the neighbor configuration must be either removed or configured with a remote autonomous system number before the neighbor group configuration can be removed.
Note
Neighbor groups should not be configured with a mixture of IPv4 and IPv6 address families, because such a neighbor group is not usable by any neighbor. Note that within the Cisco IOS XR system configuration architecture, it is possible to create such a neighbor group; however, any attempt to use it is rejected.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to create a neighbor group called group1 that has IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast and IPv4 multicast activated along with various configuration features. The neighbor group is used by neighbor 10.0.0.1 and neighbor 10.0.0.2, which allows them to inherit the entire group1 configuration.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65530 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# remote-as 65535 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# advertisement-interval 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# send-community-ebgp RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# next-hop-self RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 10.0.0.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use neighbor-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use neighbor-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exitnetwork (BGP)
To specify that the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process should originate and advertise a locally known network to its neighbors, use the network command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable originating or advertising the network to neighbors, use the no form of this command.
network { ip-address/prefix-length | | ip-address mask } [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
no network { ip-address/prefix-length | | ip-address mask } [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
Syntax Description
ip- address
Network that BGP advertises.
/ prefix-length
Length of the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
ip-address mask
Network mask applied to the ip-address argument.
route-policy route-policy-name
(Optional) Specifies a route policy to use to modify the attributes of the network.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The policy keyword was changed to route-policy .
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
A network specified with this command is originated and advertised to neighbors only if there exists a route for the network in the routing table. That is, there must be a route learned using local or connected networks, static routing, or a dynamic IGP such as IS-IS or OSPF.
Other than the available system resources on the router, no limit exists on the number of network commands that can be configured.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the local router to originate the IPv4 unicast network 172.20.0.0/16:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 120 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# network 172.20.0.0/16network backdoor
To set the administrative distance on an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) route to that of a locally sourced BGP route, causing it to be less preferred than an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) route, use the network backdoor command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable setting the administrative distance to the value for locally sourced BGP routes, use the no form of this command.
network { ip-address/prefix-length | | ip-address mask } backdoor
no network { ip-address/prefix-length | | ip-address mask } backdoor
Syntax Description
ip-address
Network that provides a backdoor route.
/ prefix-length
Length of the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
mask
Network mask applied to the ip-address argument.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Configuring the network backdoor command does not cause BGP to originate a network, even if an IGP route for the network exists. Ordinarily, the backdoor network would be learned through both an eBGP and IGP. The BGP best-path selection algorithm does not change when a network is configured as a backdoor network.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast network 192.168.40.0/24 configured as a backdoor network:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# network 192.168.40.0/24 backdoornext-hop-self
To disable next-hop calculation and insert your own address in the next-hop field of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) updates, use the next-hop-self command in an appropriate configuration mode. To enable next-hop calculation, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Allows a next-hop calculation override when this feature may be inherited from a neighbor group or address family group.
Command Default
When this command is not specified, the software calculates the next hop for BGP updates accepted by the router.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 labeled-unicast address family configuration
IPv6 labeled-unicast address family configuration
VRF labeled-unicast address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the next-hop-self command to set the BGP next-hop attribute of routes being advertised over a peering session to the local source address of the session.
This command is useful in nonmeshed networks in which BGP neighbors may not have direct access to all other neighbors on the same IP subnet.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or address family group, a neighbor using the group inherits the configuration. Configuring the command specifically for a neighbor overrides any inherited value.
Configuring the next-hop-self command under IPv4 labeled-unicast, IPv6 labeled-unicast, or VRF labeled-unicast address family configuration mode enables next-hop-self for labeled prefixes advertised to an iBGP peer.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to set the next hop of the update field for all IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes advertised to neighbor 172.20.1.1 to an address of the local router:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# next-hop-selfThe following example shows how to disable the next-hop-self command for neighbor 172.20.1.1. If not overridden, the next hop would be inherited from address family group group1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# next-hop-self RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# next-hop-self inheritance-disablenext-hop-unchanged
To disable overwriting of the next hop before advertising to external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peers, use the next-hop-unchanged command in an appropriate configuration mode. To enable overwriting of the next hop, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Allows overwriting of the next hop before advertising to eBGP peers when this feature may be inherited from a neighbor group or address family group.
Command Modes
VPNv4 address family group configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv4 labeled-unicast address family configuration
IPv6 labeled-unicast address family configuration
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the next-hop-unchanged command to propagate the next hop unchanged for multihop eBGP peering sessions. This command should not be configured on a route reflector, and the next-hop-self command should not be used to modify the next-hop attribute for a route reflector when this feature is enabled for a route reflector client.
Note
Incorrectly setting BGP attributes for a route reflector can cause inconsistent routing, routing loops, or a loss of connectivity. Setting BGP attributes for a route reflector should be attempted only by an experienced network operator.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the overwriting of next hops before advertising to eBGP peers:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family vpnv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# next-hop-unchanged disable RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exitnexthop route-policy
To specify that BGP routes are resolved using only next hops whose routes match specific characteristics, use the nexthop route-policy command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the nexthop route-policy command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default behavior, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VPNv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the nexthop route-policy command to configure route policy filtering using next hops.
The BGP next-hop tracking feature allows you to specify that BGP routes are resolved using only next hops whose routes have the following characteristics:
- To avoid the aggregate routes, the prefix length must be greater than a specified value.
- The source protocol must be from a selected list, ensuring that BGP routes are not used to resolve next hops that could lead to oscillation.
This route policy filtering is possible because RIB identifies the source protocol of a route that resolves a next hop as well as the mask length associated with the route.
The next-hop attach point supports matching using the protocol name and mask length. BGP marks all next hops that are rejected by the route policy as invalid, and no best path is calculated for the routes that use the invalid next hop. The invalid next hops continue to stay in the active cache and can be displayed as part of the show bgp nexthop command with an invalid status.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to specify the route policy nexthop_A as the policy to use for filtering next hops:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# nexthop route-policy nexthop_Anexthop trigger-delay
To specify the delay for triggering next-hop calculations, use the nexthop trigger-delay command in the appropriate configuration mode. To set the trigger delay to the default value, use the no form of this command.
nexthop trigger-delay { critical delay | non-critical delay }
no nexthop trigger-delay { critical delay | non-critical delay }
Syntax Description
critical
Specifies critical next-hop events. For example, when the next hop is unreachable.
delay
Trigger delay, in milliseconds. Range is 0 to 4294967295.
non-critical
Specifies noncritical next-hop events. For example, Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric changes.
Command Default
critical : 3000 msec for IPv4 address family and IPv6 address family
critical : msec for VPNv4 address family and VPNv6 address family
non-critical : 10000 msec IPv4, IPv6, VPNv4, and VPNv6 address families
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
Pv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the nexthop trigger-delay command to allow for a dynamic way for Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) to converge. This convergence allows BGP to accumulate all notifications and trigger fewer walks, resulting in fewer interprocess communications (IPCs) to the Routing Information Base (RIB) for route addition, deletion, and modification and fewer updates to peers.
Note
A high delay value can be configured to effectively turn off next-hop tracking.
The non-critical delay value must always be set to at least equal or greater than the critical delay value .
The delay should be slightly higher than the time it takes for the IGP to settle into a steady state after some event (IGP convergence time).
Task ID
nsr (BGP)
To activate Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) nonstop routing (NSR), use the nsr command in BGP global configuration mode. To deactivate BGP NSR, use the noform of this command.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the nsr command to enable the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) Nonstop Routing (NSR) with Stateful Switchover (SSO). This enables all bgp peerings to maintain the BGP state to ensure continuous packet forwarding during events that could interrupt service.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable BGP NSR:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 120 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# nsrThe following example shows how to disable BGP NSR:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 120 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# no nsrRelated Commands
Command
Description
Configures the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process.
nsr process-failures switchover
Configures failover as a recovery action in case of process failures for active instances to switch over to a standby route processor (RP) or a standby distributed route processor (DRP) to maintain nonstop routing (NSR).
Displays Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) nonstop routing (NSR) information.
orf
To specify Outbound Route Filter (ORF) and inbound filtering criteria, use the orf route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure outbound and inbound filtering criteria:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 6 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)#orf route-policy policy_Apassword (BGP)
To enable Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a TCP connection between two Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the password command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable MD5 authentication, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
clear
Specifies that an unencrypted password follows. The password must be a case-sensitive, clear-text unencrypted password.
encrypted
Specifies that an encrypted password follows. The password must be a case-sensitive, encrypted password.
password
Password of up to 80 characters. The password can contain any alphanumeric characters. However, if the first character is a number or the password contains a space, the password must be enclosed in double quotation marks; for example, “2 password.”
Command Default
When this command is not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, MD5 authentication is not enabled on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The 0 and 7 keywords were replaced with the clear and encrypted keywords and the accept keyword was removed.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Configure a password to enable authentication between two BGP peers. Use the password command to verify each segment sent on the TCP connection between the peers. The same password must be configured on both networking devices, otherwise a connection cannot be made. The authentication feature uses the MD5 algorithm. Specifying this command causes the software to generate and check the MD5 digest on every segment sent on the TCP connection.
Configuring a neighbor password does not cause the existing session for a neighbor to end. However, until the new password is configured on the remote router, the local BGP process does not receive keepalive messages from the remote device. If the password is not updated on the remote device by the end of the hold time, the session ends. The hold time can be changed using the timers command or the timers bgp command.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, a neighbor using the group inherits the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor overrides inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure neighbor 172.20.1.1 to use MD5 authentication with the password password1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)#neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#password clear password1Related Commands
Command
Description
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Overrides any inherited password configuration from a neighbor group or session group for BGP neighbors.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
Set the timers for a specific BGP neighbor.
password-disable
To override any inherited password configuration from a neighbor group or session group for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the password-disable command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable overriding any inherited password command, use the no form of this command.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
If you specify a password on a neighbor group or session group, all users of the group inherit the password. Specifying a different password command specifically on a neighbor that uses the group overrides the inherited value. Specifying password-disable on a neighbor that uses the group disables password authentication for the neighbor.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to disable MD5 authentication for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing it from inheriting the password password1 from session group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# password clear password1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# password-disableRelated Commands
Command
Description
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Enables MD5 authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP neighbors.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
Inherits characteristics from a neighbor group, a session group, or an address family group.
precedence
To set the precedence level, use the precedence command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the precedence command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default interval values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
value
Value of the precedence. The precedence value can be a number from 0 to 7, or it can be one of the following keywords:
critical —Set packets with critical precedence (5)
flash — Set packets with flash precedence (3)
flash-override —Set packets with flash override precedence (4)
immediate —Set packets with immediate precedence (2)
internet —Set packets with internetwork control precedence (6)
network —Set packets with network control precedence (7)
priority —Set packets with priority precedence (1)
routine —Set packets with routine precedence (0)
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
Neighbor session group configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the precedence command to set the precedence value.
Task ID
rd
To configure a route distinguisher, use the rd command in VRF configuration mode. To disable the route distinguisher, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
as-number:nn
ip-address:nn
IP address of the route distinguisher.
auto
Automatically assigns a unique route distinguisher.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the rd command to make the prefix unique across multiple VRFs.
Auto assignment of route distinguishers can be done only if a router ID is assigned using the bgp router-id command in BGP router configuration mode. The unique router ID is used for automatic route distinguisher generation.
The following are restrictions when configuring route distinguishers:
- BGP router-id must be configured before rd auto can be configured
- Route distinguisher cannot be changed or removed when an IPv4 unicast address family is configured under VRF.
- BGP router-id cannot be changed or removed when rd auto is configured under a VRF.
- When rd auto is configured under a VRF, the IP address for the router distinguisher configured under another VRF must be different from that of the BGP router-id
- If a route distinguisher with same IP address as BGP router-id exists, the rd auto is not permitted.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to automatically assign a unique route distinguisher to VRF instance vrf-1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf-1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# rd autoreceive-buffer-size
To set the size of the receive buffers for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the receive-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the receive-buffer-size command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software uses the default size, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
socket-size
Size, in bytes, of the receive-side socket buffer. Range is 512 to 131072.
bgp-size
(Optional) Size, in bytes, of the receive buffer in BGP. Range is 512 to 131072.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the receive-buffer-size command to increase the buffer size when receiving updates from a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because it allows the software to process a larger number of packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger buffers consumes more memory on the router.
Note
Increasing the socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses extra memory indefinitely.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to set the receive buffer sizes for neighbor 172.20.1.1 to be 65,536 bytes for the socket buffer and 8192 bytes for the BGP buffer:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# receive-buffer-size 65536 8192redistribute (BGP)
To redistribute routes from one routing domain into Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), use the redistribute command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable route redistribution, use the no form of this command.
Connected
redistribute connected [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
no redistribute connected [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
Enhanced Interior Gateway Routing Protocol (EIGRP)
redistribute eigrp process-id [ match { external | internal } ] [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
no redistribute eigrp process-id [ match { external | internal } ] [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS)
redistribute isis process-id [ level | | { 1 | | 1-inter-area | | 2 } ] [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
no redistribute isis process-id [ level | | { 1 | | 1-inter-area | | 2 } ] [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
redistribute ospf process-id
no redistribute ospf process-id
OSPFv3
redistribute ospf process-id
no redistribute ospf process-id
Routing Information Protocol
redistribute rip [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
no redistribute rip [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
Static
redistribute static [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
no redistribute static [ metric metric-value ] [ route-policy route-policy-name ]
Syntax Description
Command Default
Route redistribution is disabled.
For IS-IS, the default is to redistribute Level 1 and Level 2 routes.
For OSPF, the default is to redistribute internal, external, and NSSA external routes of Type 1 and Type 2.
For OSPFv3, the default is to redistribute internal, external, and NSSA external routes of Type 1 and Type 2
By default, the Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) metric is assigned to the route. For connected and static routes the default metric is 0.
metric metric-value: 0
match { internal | external [ 1 | 2 ] | nssa-external [ 1 | 2 ]}: If no match is specified, the default is to match all routes.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration, both unicast and multicast (connected, eigrp, isis, ospf, rip, and static are supported)
IPv6 address family configuration, both unicast and multicast (connected, eigrp,
isis,
ospfv3,
and static are supported)
VRF IPv4 address family configuration (
connected
,
eigrp
,
ospf
,
rip
, and
static
are supported)VRF IPv6 address family configuration (
connected
,
eigrp
, and
static
are supported)Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The policy keyword was changed to route-policy . The 1-inter-area and opsfv3 keywords were added.
Release 3.3.0
The eigrp and rip keywords were added. This command was supported in VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
When redistributing routes (into BGP) using both command keywords for setting or matching of attributes and a route policy, the routes are run through the route policy first, followed by the keyword matching and setting.
Each instance of a protocol may be redistributed independently of the others. Changing or removing redistribution for a particular instance does not affect the redistribution capability of other protocols or other instances of the same protocol.
Networks specified using the network command are not affected by the redistribute command; that is, the routing policy specified in the network command takes precedence over the policy specified through the redistribute command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to redistribute IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast OSPF routes from OSPF instance 110 into BGP:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# redistribute ospf 110remote-as (BGP)
To create a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor and begin the exchange of routing information, use the remote-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To delete the entry for the BGP neighbor, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Release 3.4.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the remote-as command to create a neighbor and assign it a remote autonomous system number. A neighbor must have a remote autonomous system number before any other commands can be configured for it. Removing the remote autonomous system from a neighbor causes the neighbor to be deleted. You cannot remove the autonomous system number if the neighbor has other configuration.
Note
We recommend that you use the no neighbor command rather than the no remote-as command to delete a neighbor.
A neighbor specified with a remote autonomous system number that matches the autonomous system number specified in the router bgp command identifies the neighbor as internal to the local autonomous system. Otherwise, the neighbor is considered external.
Configuration of the remote-as command for a neighbor group or session group using the neighbor-group command or session-group command causes all neighbors using the group to inherit the characteristics configured with the command. Configuring the command directly for the neighbor overrides the value inherited from the group.
In the neighbor configuration submode, configuring use of a session group or neighbor group for which remote-as is configured creates a neighbor and assigns it an autonomous system number if the neighbor has not already been created.
Note
Do not combine remote-as commands and no use neighbor-group commands, or remote-as commands and no use session-group commands, in the same configuration commit.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to assign autonomous system numbers on two neighbors, neighbor 10.0.0.1, (internal) and neighbor 192.168.0.1 (external), setting up a peering session that shares routing information between this router and each of these neighbors:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)#exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)#use session-group group2The following example shows how to configure a session group called group2 with an autonomous system number 1. Neighbor 10.0.0.1 is created when it inherits the autonomous system number 1 from session group group2.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group2Related Commands
Command
Description
Enters neighbor configuration mode for configuring BGP routing sessions.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Configures the BGP routing process.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
Inherits characteristics from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group.
remove-private-as
To remove private autonomous system numbers from autonomous system paths when generating updates to external neighbors, use the remove-private-as command in an appropriate configuration mode. To place the router in the default state in which it does not remove private autonomous system numbers, use the no form of this command.
remove-private-as [ inheritance-disable ] [entire-aspath]
no remove-private-as [ inheritance-disable ] [entire-aspath]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Permits the feature to be disabled from a neighbor group or address family group instead of being inherited.
entire-aspath
(Optional) Removes the entire private autonomous system numbers from an autonomous system path only if all ASes in the path are private.
Command Default
When this command is not specified in the appropriate configuration mode, private autonomous system numbers are not removed from updates sent to external neighbors.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Release 3.9.2
The entire-aspath keyword was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
This feature is available for external BGP (eBGP) neighbors only.
When an update is passed to the external neighbor, the software drops any leading autonomous system sequence in the autonomous system path if the sequence contains only private autonomous system numbers and does not contain the autonomous system number of the neighbor.
If this command is used in a BGP confederation, the element following the confederation portion of the autonomous system path, if a sequence, is considered the leading sequence.
The private autonomous system values range from 64512 to 65535.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Use the entire-aspath to removes the entire private autonomous system numbers from an autonomous system path only if all ASes in the path are private.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows a configuration that removes the private autonomous system number from the IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast updates sent to 172.20.1.1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# remove-private-asThe following example shows how to disable the remove private autonomous system number feature for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited from address family group group1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# remove-private-as RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# remove-private-as inheritance-disableretain local-label
To retain the local label until the network is converged, use the retain local-label command in an appropriate address family configuration mode. To disable the retaining of the local label, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
minutes
Local retention time in minutes. The range is 3 to 60 minutes. The default retention time is 5 minutes.
Command Modes
L2VPN address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable local label retention for 5 minutes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# configure RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family vpnv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# retain local-label 5retain route-target
To accept received updates with specified route targets, use the retain route-target command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable the retaining of routes tagged with specified route targets, use the no form of this command.
retain route-target { all | route-policy route-policy-name }
no retain route-target [ all | route-policy route-policy-name ]
Syntax Description
all
Accepts received updates containing at least one route target.
route-policy router-policy-name
Accepts received updates accepted by a specified route filter policy.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VPNv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the retain route-target command to configure a route reflector (RR) to retain routes tagged with specific route targets (RT).
A provider edge (PE) router is not required to hold all VPNv4 routes. The PE router holds only routes that match the import RT of the VPNs configured on it, but a RR must retain all VPNv4 routes because it may peer with PE routers and different PEs may require different RT-tagged VPNv4 routes. Configuring an RR to hold only routes that have a defined set of RT communities and configuring some of these RRs to service a different set of VPNs provides scalability to the RRs. A PE can be configured to peer with all RRs that service the VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instances configured on the PE. When a new VRF is configured with an RT for which the PE does not already hold routes, the PE issues route refresh requests to the RRs and gets the relevant VPN routes.
The route-policy route-policy-name keyword and argument takes the policy name that lists the extended communities that a path should have for the RR to retain the path.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure RR to retain all routes with the route filter policy ft-policy-A:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family vpnv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# retain route-target route-filter ft-policy-Aroute-policy (BGP)
To apply a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the route-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable applying routing policy to updates, use the no form of this command.
route-policy route-policy-name [ parameter1, parameter2, . . . , parametern ] { in | | out }
no route-policy route-policy-name [ parameter1, parameter2, . . . , parametern ] { in | | out }
Syntax Description
route-policy-name
Name of route policy. Up to 16 parameters can follow the route-policy-name, enclosed in brackets ([ ]).
in
Applies policy to inbound routes.
out
Applies policy to outbound routes.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the route-policy command to specify a routing policy for an inbound or outbound route. The policy can be used to filter routes or modify route attributes. The route-policy command is used to define a policy.
Note
Configuring a large number of uniquely named outbound neighbor policies can adversely affect performance. This is true even if the uniquely named route policies are functionally identical. The user is discouraged from configuring multiple functionally identical route policies for use with this command. For example, if Policy A and Policy B are identical but named for different neighbors, the two policies should be configured as a single policy.
If the route-policy command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to apply the In-Ipv4 policy to inbound IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes from neighbor 172.20.1.1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-policy In-Ipv4 inroute-reflector-client
To configure the router as a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) route reflector and configure the specified neighbor as its client, use the route-reflector-client command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable configuring the neighbor as a client, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Allows the configuration inherited from a neighbor group or address family group to be overridden.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
This command is restricted to internal BGP (iBGP) neighbors only.
Use the route-reflector-client command to configure the local router as the route reflector and the specified neighbor as one of its clients. All neighbors configured with this command are members of the client group, and the remaining iBGP peers are members of the nonclient group for the local route reflector.
By default, all iBGP speakers in an autonomous system must be fully meshed with each other, and neighbors do not readvertise iBGP learned routes to other iBGP neighbors.
With route reflection, all iBGP speakers need not be fully meshed. An iBGP speaker, the route reflector, passes learned iBGP routes to some number of iBGP client neighbors. Learned iBGP routes eliminate the need for each router running BGP to communicate with every other device running BGP in the autonomous system.
The local router is a route reflector as long as it has at least one route reflector client.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows neighbor at 172.20.1.1 configured as a route reflector client for IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-clientThe following example disables the route-reflector client for neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited from address family group group1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# route-reflector-client RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)#exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# route-reflector-client inheritance-disablerouter bgp
To configure the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing process, use the router bgp command in global configuration mode. To remove all BGP configurations and terminate the BGP routing process, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.4.0
The as-number 4-byte number range 1.0 to 65535.65535 was supported.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system number notation was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the router bgp command to set up a distributed routing core that automatically guarantees the loop-free exchange of routing information between autonomous systems.
Task ID
send-buffer-size
To set the size of the send buffers for a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the send-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size of the send buffers to the default values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
socket-size
Size, in bytes, of the send-side socket buffer. Range is 4096 to 131072.
bgp-size
(Optional) Size, in bytes, of the BGP process send buffer. Range is 4096 to 131072.
Command Default
socket-size : 10240 bytes
bgp-size : 4096 bytes
Use the socket send-buffer-size command to change the defaults.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the send-buffer-size command to increase the buffer size employed when sending updates to a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because the software can process more packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger buffers uses more memory on the router.
Note
Increasing the socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses more memory indefinitely.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to set the send buffer sizes for neighbor 172.20.1.1 to be 8192 bytes for both the socket buffer and the BGP buffer:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# send-buffer-size 8192 8192send-community-ebgp
To specify that community attributes should be sent to an external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) neighbor, use the send-community-ebgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable sending community attributes to an eBGP neighbor, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Allows configuration inherited from a neighbor group or address family group to be overridden.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration mode.
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the send-community-ebgp command to control whether community attributes are sent to eBGP neighbors. It cannot be configured for iBGP neighbors. Communities are always sent to iBGP neighbors.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Configuring the command specifically for a neighbor overrides inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to disable the router that sends community attributes to neighbor 172.20.1.1 for IP Version 4 (IPv4) multicast routes:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# send-community-ebgpThe following example shows how to disable the delivery of community attributes to neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being inherited from address family group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)#router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# send-community-ebgp RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# send-community-ebgp inheritance-disablesend-extended-community-ebgp
To specify that extended community attributes should be sent to external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) neighbors, use the send-extended-community-ebgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable sending extended community attributes to eBGP neighbors, use the no form of this command.
send-extended-community-ebgp [ inheritance-disable ]
no send-extended-community-ebgp [ inheritance-disable ]
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Allows configurations inherited from a neighbor group or address family group to be overridden.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration mode.
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the send-extended-community-ebgp command to control whether extended community attributes are sent to eBGP neighbors. It cannot be used for iBGP neighbors. Extended communities are always sent to iBGP neighbors.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure the router to send extended community attributes to neighbor 172.20.1.1 for IP Version 4 (IPv4) multicast routes:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# send-extended-community-ebgpThe following example shows how to disable the delivery of extended community attributes to neighbor 172.20.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited from address family group group1:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 140 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# send-extended-community-ebgp RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# send-extended-community-ebgp inheritance-disablesession-group
To create a session group and enter session group configuration mode, use the session-group command in router configuration mode. To remove a session group and delete all configurations associated with it, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the session-group command to create a session group from which neighbors can inherit configuration that is address family-independent. That is, session groups cannot have address family-specific configuration. This command enters the session group configuration mode in which configuration for a session group is entered.
Many commands can be configured in both session group configuration mode and neighbor configuration mode.
Use of session groups saves time and reduces the router configuration size. Because the configuration of a session group can be inherited by any number of neighbors, use of the group can eliminate the need to copy long or complex configurations on each of a large number of neighbors. A neighbor can inherit all configuration from a session group simply by configuring the use command. Specific inherited session group configuration commands can be overridden for a specific neighbor by explicitly configuring the command for the specific neighbor.
The no form of this command causes all of the configuration for the session group to be removed. You cannot use the no form of this command if removing the group would leave one or more neighbors without a configured remote autonomous system number.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows a session group called group1 that is used by two neighbors, 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2. Because group1 is a session group, it contains only address family-independent configuration. And because group1 is used by neighbors 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2, they inherit the configuration of the group.RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1 RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 2 RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1 RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.2 RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1The following example shows a session group called group1 used by two neighbors, 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2. Because group1 is a session group, it contains only address family-independent configuration. And because group1 is used by neighbors 10.0.0.1 and 10.0.0.2, they inherit the configuration of the group. However, the password password1 configuration from group1 is overridden for neighbor 10.0.0.2, using the password-disable command in the neighbor 10.0.0.2 configuration submode.RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# password password1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.0.0.2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# password-disablesession-open-mode
To establish a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) session with a specific TCP open mode, use the session-open-mode command in an appropriate configuration mode. To restore the default state, use the no form of this command.
session-open-mode { active-only | both | passive-only }
no session-open-mode [ active-only | both | passive-only ]
Syntax Description
active-only
Ensures that the BGP session can be established only when the request is initiated by the local end (active-open request) and all passive-open requests (from the other end) are rejected by the local BGP.
both
Allows BGP sessions to be established from both incoming or outgoing TCP connection requests, with one being rejected in the event of a request collision.
passive-only
Ensures that the local BGP does not initiate any TCP open requests and the session can be established only when the request comes from the remote end.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.2
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
BGP, by default, tries to initiate an active TCP connection whenever a new neighbor is configured. A remote neighbor may also initiate the TCP connection before the local BGP can initiate the connection. This initiation of a TCP connection by a remote neighbor is considered a passive-open request and it is accepted by the local BGP. This default behavior can be modified using the session-open-mode command.
Note
The BGP connection is not opened and, as a result the BGP session, is not established if both the peering neighbors use the same nondefault TCP session open mode—active-only or passive-only. If both ends are configured with active-only, each neighbor rejects the TCP open request from the other end. One neighbor must be configured as passive-only or both. Similarly, if both neighbors are configured with passive-only, neither neighbor initiates the TCP open request and the BGP session is not established. Again, one neighbor must be configured as active-only or both. There is one exception. A connection open request from a neighbor that is configured with the TCP session open mode to be passive-only is processed to detect whether there is a connection collision before the request is rejected. This exception enables the local BGP to reset the session if the remote neighbor goes down and it is not detected by the local router.
Use the session-open-mode command when it may be necessary to preconfigure a neighbor that does not exist. Ensure that BGP does not spend any time actively trying to set up a TCP session with the neighbor. A BGP session does not come up between two neighbors, both of which configure the same nondefault value ( active-only or passive-only keyword) for this command.
Task ID
show bgp
To display entries in the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table, use the show bgp command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } | ipv6 { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast } | all { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel } | vpnv4 unicast [ rd rd-address ] | vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] | vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] [ ip-address [ { mask | /prefix-length } [ longer-prefixes | unknown-attributes | bestpath-compare ] ] ] [standby] [detail]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
ip-address
(Optional) Network address, entered to display a particular network in the BGP routing table. If the network address is omitted, then all networks in the BGP routing table are displayed. If the network mask and prefix length is omitted, then the software displays the longest matching prefix for the network address.
mask
(Optional) Network mask of the BGP route to match.
/ prefix-length
(Optional) Prefix length of the BGP route to match. A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
longer-prefixes
(Optional) Displays a route with the specified prefix length and more-specific routes if available. The longer-prefixes keyword is available when the ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
unknown-attributes
(Optional) Includes unknown, transitive attributes. The unknown-attributes keyword is available when the ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
bestpath-compare
(Optional) Displays route and best-path comparison information. The bestpath-compare keyword is available when the ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
detail
(Optional) Displays the prefix details.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The bestpath-compare keyword was added.
Release 3.3.0
The vrf { vrf-name | all }, labeled-unicast , and vpnv4 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The ‘Last Modified’ field was added to show the timestamp when a route was last modified.
The standby keyword was added.
The detail keyword was added to use with the / prefix-length argument.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported. The input parameters and output were modified to display 4-byte autonomous system numbers and extended communities in either asplain or asdot notations.
Release 4.0.0
The command output was modified to display BGP add-path information.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the sessions and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for an address family or a subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp ip-address { mask | / prefix-length } command to display detailed information for a specific route. If the mask and prefix length are omitted, the details of the longest matching prefix for the IP address are displayed.
Use the show bgp command to display all routes in the specified BGP routing table. Use the show bgp ip-address { mask | / prefix-length } longer-prefixes command to display those routes more specific than a particular prefix.
Use the unknown-attributes keyword to display details of any transitive attributes associated with a route that are not understood by the local system.
Use the show bgp ip-address/prefix-length detail command to display details of the specified prefix.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs BGP table state: Active Table ID: 0xe0000000 BGP main routing table version 3 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path * i10.3.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 1239 ? *>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 1239 ? * i10.6.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 690 568 ? *>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 690 568 ? * i10.7.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 701 35 ? *>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 701 35 ? * 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 35 ? * i10.8.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 690 560 ? *>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 690 560 ? * 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 560 ? * i10.13.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 690 200 ? *>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 690 200 ? * 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ? * i10.15.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 174 ? *>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 174 ? * i10.16.0.0/16 172.20.22.1 0 100 0 1800 701 i *>i 172.20.16.1 0 100 0 1800 701 i * 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i Processed 8 prefixes, 8 pathsThe following is sample output from the show bgp command with the network specified:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp 11.0.0.0/24 BGP router table entry for 11.0.0.0/24 Versions: Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer Speaker 2 2 Last Modified: Mar 3 16:12:07.147 for 2d21h Paths: (3 available, best #1) Advertised to update-groups (with more than one peer): 0.1 Advertised to peers (in unique update groups): 10.4.101.1 Received by speaker 0 Local 0.0.0.0 from 0.0.0.0 (10.4.0.1) Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, weight 32768, valid, local, best Received by speaker 0 2 3 4 10.4.101.1 from 10.4.101.1 (10.4.101.1) Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external Received by speaker 0 Local 10.4.101.2 from 10.4.101.2 (10.4.101.2) Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, internal
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 4 show bgp prefix length Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router table entry
Network that is being displayed.
Versions
List of the network versions in each BGP process.
Process
Name of the BGP process.
bRIB/RIB
Version of the network for sending to the RIB. You can compare this version with the bRIB/RIB version for the process (at the top of show bgp summary ) to verify whether the network has been sent to the RIB.
SendTblVer
Version of the network for advertising to neighbors. This can be compared with the neighbor version to determine whether the network has been advertised to a particular neighbor.
Last Modified
Timestamp when this route was last modified.
Paths
List of paths for the network (that is, routes to reach the network). The number of paths and the index of the best path are given.
not advertised to any peer
Best path was received with a NO_ADVERTISE community and is not advertised to any neighbor.
not advertised to EBGP peer
Best path was received with a NO_EXPORT community and is not advertised to any eBGP neighbor.
not advertised outside local AS
Best path was received with a LOCAL_AS community and is not advertised to peers outside the local AS.
Advertisements of this net are suppressed by an aggregate
Network is a more-specific prefix of a configured aggregate and has been suppressed. It is not advertised to any neighbors unless they have an unsuppress-map configured.
Advertised to update-groups
List of update-groups to which the net has been advertised. Update-groups that have only one peer are not listed here.
Advertised to peers
List of neighbors to which the net has been advertised to. Neighbors that are in one of the update-groups listed above are not listed separately. Only neighbors that are in unique update-groups are listed.
Received by speaker 0
BGP process where the path originated. This is always “speaker 0” for standalone mode. It will be the speaker-id when BGP is in distributed mode.
AS Path
Autonomous system (AS) path that was received for the path. If the AS path is empty, then “Local” is displayed. This is the case for paths that are locally generated on this router or on a neighboring router within the same AS.
aggregated by
If the path is an aggregate, the router-id of the router that performed the aggregation.
suppressed due to dampening
Path has been suppressed due to the configured path dampening.
history entry
Path is withdrawn, but a copy is kept to store the dampening information.
Received from a RR-client
Path was received from a route reflector client.
received-only
If soft reconfiguration inbound is configured, the path was received but dropped by inbound policy, or was accepted and modified. In either event, the received-only value is a copy of the original, unmodified path.
received & used
If soft reconfiguration inbound is configured, the path was received and accepted by inbound policy, but not modified.
stale
Neighbor from which the path was received is down, and the path is kept and marked as stale to support graceful restart.
<nexthop> from <neighbor> (<router-id>)
Next hop for the path. If the next hop is known by a mechanism outside BGP (for example, for redistributed paths), then 0.0.0.0 is displayed. After the next hop, the neighbor from whom the path was received is displayed, along with the neighbor’s router-id. If the path was locally generated (for example, an aggregate or redistributed path), then 0.0.0.0 is displayed for the neighbor address.
Origin
IGP: the path originated from an IGP.
EGP: the path originated from an EGP.
incomplete: the origin of the path is unknown.
metric
MED value of the path.
localpref
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
weight
Locally assigned weight (if not 0) of the path. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
valid
Path is valid and can be considered in the best-path calculation.
redistributed
Path is redistributed through a redistribute command.
aggregated
Path is a locally generated aggregate created due to an aggregate-address command.
local
Path is a local network source due to a network command.
internal
Path was received from an iBGP neighbor.
external
Path was received from an eBGP neighbor.
atomic-aggregate
Path was received with the atomic-aggregate flag set. Some path information has been removed through aggregation.
best
Path is the best path for the network and is used for routing and advertised to peers.
multipath
Path is a multipath and is installed into the RIB along with the best path.
Community
List of communities attached to the path.
Extended community
List of extended communities attached to the path.
Originator
Originator of the path within the AS Cluster list if the path is reflected.
AS Cluster list
List of RR clusters the path has passed through if the path is reflected
Dampinfo
Penalty and reuse information if the path is dampened.
penalty
Current penalty for the path.
flapped
Number of times the path has flapped and the time since the first flap.
reuse in
Time until the path is re-used (undampened).
half life
Configured half-life for the path.
suppress value
Penalty at which the path is suppressed.
reuse value
Penalty at which the path is re-used.
Maximum suppress time
Maximum length of time for which the path can be suppressed.
The following is sample output from the show bgp command with the ip-address/prefix-length detail options:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp 51.0.0.0/24 detail Sat Mar 14 00:37:14.109 PST PDT BGP routing table entry for 51.0.0.0/24 Versions: Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer Speaker 3 3 Flags: 0x3e1000, label_retention: not enabled Last Modified: Mar 13 19:32:17.976 for 05:04:56 Paths: (1 available, best #1) Advertised to update-groups (with more than one peer): 0.3 0.4 0.7 0.8 Advertised to peers (in unique update groups): 201.48.20.1 Path #1: Received by speaker 0 Flags: 0x1000003 200 201 213.0.0.6 from 213.0.0.6 (200.200.3.1) Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, external, bestThe following is sample output from the show bgp command with the additional paths received from:
BGP routing table entry for 51.0.1.0/24, Route Distinguisher: 2:1 Versions: Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer Speaker 63 63 Flags: 0x040630f2 Last Modified: Nov 11 12:44:05.811 for 00:00:16 Paths: (3 available, best #2) Advertised to CE peers (in unique update groups): 10.51.0.10 Path #1: Received by speaker 0 Flags: 0x3 Not advertised to any peer 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 111 10.51.0.10 from 10.51.0.10 (11.11.11.11) Origin IGP, metric 0, localpref 100, valid, external Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 0, version 0 Extended community: RT:55:1 Path #2: Received by speaker 0 Flags: 0x5060007 Advertised to CE peers (in unique update groups): 10.51.0.10 561 562 563 564 565 13.0.6.50 from 13.0.6.50 (13.0.6.50) Received Label 16 Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, internal, best, group-best, import-candidate, imported Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 1, version 63 Extended community: RT:55:1 Path #3: Received by speaker 0 Flags: 0x4060007 Not advertised to any peer 591 592 593 594 595 13.0.9.50 from 13.0.9.50 (13.0.9.50) Received Label 16 Origin IGP, localpref 100, valid, internal, backup, add-path, import-candidate, imported Received Path ID 0, Local Path ID 4, version 63 Extended community: RT:22:232 RT:55:1This is sample output to explain 'import suspect' state and 'import-suspect' field in show bgp command output:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp vpnv4 unicast rd 11:111 100.16.11.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 100.16.11.0/24, Route Distinguisher: 11:111 Versions: Process bRIB/RIB SendTblVer Speaker 1834195 1834195 Paths: (2 available, best #1) Advertised to update-groups (with more than one peer): 0.1 Path #1: Received by speaker 0 11 1:16.16.16.16 (metric 30) from 55.55.55.55 (16.16.16.16) Received Label 19602 Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, internal, best, import-candidate, not-in-vrf, import suspect Extended community: RT:11:11 Originator: 16.16.16.16, Cluster list: 55.55.55.55 Path #2: Received by speaker 0 11 1:16.16.16.16 (metric 30) from 88.88.88.88 (16.16.16.16) Received Label 19602 Origin incomplete, localpref 100, valid, internal, not-in-vrf, import suspect Extended community: RT:11:11 Originator: 16.16.16.16, Cluster list: 88.88.88.88The show bgp command output displays 'import suspect' when potential import oscillation has been detected for the prefix. Import of such a prefix is not affected. However, import of the prefix can be dampened in future if the oscillation continues. If the oscillation stops during the next import run, the prefix will no longer be marked 'import supect'.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Creates an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
Changes the default local preference value.
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays routes with nonnatural netmasks.
Displays routes belonging to the specified communities.
Displays networks with inconsistent origin autonomous system.
Displays routes matching an AS path regular expression.
Displays networks that match a route policy.
Displays the status of all BGP connections.
Displays networks with community lists truncated by policy.
show bgp advertised
To display advertisements for neighbors or a single neighbor, use the show bgp advertisedcommand in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { all | labeled-unicast | mdt | multicast | tunnel | unicast } ] advertised [ neighbor ip-address ] [ standby ] [ summary ]
show bgp [ ipv6 { all | labeled-unicast | multicast | unicast } ] advertised [ neighbor ip-address ] [ standby ] [ summary ]
show bgp [ all { all | labeled-unicast | multicast | tunnel | unicast } ] advertised [ neighbor ip-address ] [ standby ] [ summary ]
show bgp [ vpnv4 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] advertised [ neighbor ip-address ] [ standby ] [ summary ]
show bgp [ vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] advertised [ neighbor ip-address ] [ standby ] [ summary ]
show bgp [ vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 | { labeled-unicast | unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] ] advertised [ neighbor ip-address ] [ standby ] [ summary ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
neighbor
(Optional) Previews advertisements for a single neighbor. If the neighbor keyword is omitted, then the advertisements for all neighbors are displayed.
ip-address
(Optional) IP address of the neighbor.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
summary
(Optional) Displays a summary of advertisements.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that is configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp advertised command to display the routes that have been advertised to peers or a specific peer. To preview advertisements that would be sent to a peer under a particular policy, even if the corresponding update messages have not been generated yet, use the show bgp policy command.
Note
When you issue the show bgp advertised command, a route is not displayed in the output unless an advertisement for that route has already been sent (and not withdrawn). If an advertisement for the route has not yet been sent, the route is not displayed.
Use the summary keyword to display a summary of the advertised routes. If you do not specify the summary keyword, the software displays detailed information about the advertised routes.
Note
The show bgp advertised command does not display the application of any outbound policy in the route details it displays. Consequently, this command provides only an indication of whether a particular route has been advertised, rather than details of which attributes were advertised. Use the show bgp policy sent-advertisements command to display the attributes that are advertised.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp advertised command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp advertised neighbor 10.0.101.4 summary Network Next Hop From AS Path 1.1.1.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 2 3 222 333 444 555 i 1.1.2.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 3 4 5 6 7 i 1.1.3.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 77 88 33 44 55 99 99 99 i 1.1.4.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 2 5 6 7 8 i 1.1.7.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 3 5 i 1.1.8.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 77 88 99 99 99 i
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 5 show bgp advertised neighbor summary Field DescriptionsField
Description
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
From
IP address of the peer that advertised this route.
AS Path
AS path of the peer that advertised this route.
Local
Indicates the route originated on the local system.
Local Aggregate
Indicates the route is an aggregate created on the local system.
Advertised to
Indicates the peer to which this entry was advertised. This field is used in the output when displaying a summary of the advertisements to all neighbors.
The following is sample output from the show bgp advertised command for detailed advertisement information:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp advertised neighbor 172.72.77.1 172.16.0.0/24 is advertised to 172.72.77.1 Path info: neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 172.74.84.1 valid redistributed best Attributes after inbound policy was applied: next hop: 0.0.0.0 MET ORG AS origin: incomplete metric: 0 aspath: 10.52.0.0/16 is advertised to 172.72.77.1 Path info: neighbor: Local Aggregate neighbor router id: 172.74.84.1 valid aggregated best Attributes after inbound policy was applied: next hop: 0.0.0.0 ORG AGG ATOM origin: IGP aggregator: 172.74.84.1 (1) aspath:
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 6 show bgp advertised neighbor Field DescriptionsField
Description
is advertised to
IP address of the peer to which this route has been advertised. If the route has been advertised to multiple peers, the information is shown separately for each peer.
neighbor
IP address of the peer that advertised this route, or one of the following:
Local—Route originated on the local system.
Local Aggregate—Route is an aggregate created on the local system.
neighbor router id
BGP identifier for the peer, or the local system if the route originated on the local system.
Not advertised to any peer
Indicates the no-advertise well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community are not advertised to any BGP peers.
Not advertised to any EBGP peer
Indicates the no-export well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those external peers are part of the same confederation as the local router.
Not advertised outside the local AS
Indicates the local-AS well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
(Received from a RR-client)
Path was received from a route reflector client.
(received-only)
This path is not used for routing purposes. It is used to support soft reconfiguration, and records the path attributes before inbound policy was applied to a path received from a peer. A path marked “received-only” indicates that either the path was dropped by inbound policy, or the path information was modified by inbound policy and a separate copy of the modified path is used for routing.
(received & used)
Indicates that the path is used both for soft reconfiguration and routing purposes. A path marked “received and used,” implies the path information was not modified by inbound policy.
valid
Path is valid.
redistributed
Path is locally sourced through redistribution.
aggregated
Path is locally sourced through aggregation.
local
Path is locally sourced through the network command.
confed
Path was received from a confederation peer.
best
Path is selected as best.
multipath
Path is one of multiple paths selected for load-sharing purposes.
dampinfo
Indicates dampening information:
Penalty—Current penalty for this path.
Flapped—Number of times the route has flapped.
In—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) since the router noticed the first flap.
Reuse in—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available. This field is displayed only if the path is currently suppressed.
Attributes after inbound policy was applied
Displays attributes associated with the received route, after any inbound policy has been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
ORG—Origin attribute is present.
origin
Origin of the path:
IGP—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
EGP—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol.
incomplete—Origin of the path is not clear. For example, a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
neighbor as
First autonomous system (AS) number in the AS path.
aggregator
Indicates that the path was received with the aggregator attribute. The autonomous system number and router-id of the system that performed the aggregation are shown.
metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
localpref
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system
aspath
AS path associated with the route.
community
Community attributes associated with the path. Community values are displayed in AA:NN format, except for the following well-known communities:
Local-AS—Community with value 4294901812. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
no-advertise—Community with value 4294901813. Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
no-export—Community with value 4294901814. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation with the local router.
Extended community
Extended community attributes associated with the path. For known extended community types, the following codes may be displayed:
RT—Route target community
SoO—Site of Origin community
LB—Link Bandwidth community
Originator
Router ID of the originating router when route reflection is used.
Cluster lists
Router ID or cluster ID of all route reflectors through which the route has passed.
Related Commands
Command
Description
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Applies a route policy to incoming and outgoing routes.
Filters routes using a prefix list.
Displays information about BGP advertisements under a proposed policy.
show bgp policy sent-advertisements
Previews advertisements to peers, including details of advertised attributes.
show bgp af-group
To display information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration for address family groups, use the show bgp af-group command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
group-name
Name of the address family group to display.
configuration
(Optional) Displays the effective configuration for the af-group, including any settings that have been inherited from af-groups used by this af-group.
defaults
(Optional) Displays all configuration settings, including any default settings.
nvgen
(Optional) Displays output in the format of show running-config output.
If the defaults keyword is also specified, the output is not suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
inheritance
Displays the af-groups from which this af-group inherits configuration settings.
users
Displays the neighbors, neighbor groups, and af-groups that inherit configuration from this af-group.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the show bgp af-group command with the group-name configuration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of an af-group, taking into account any configuration that may be inherited from other af-groups through the use af-group command. The source of each command is shown.
If the defaults keyword is specified, all configuration for the af-group, including default values, is shown. Default configuration is identified in the show output. Use the nvgen keyword to display configuration formatted in the style of the show running-config command. This output is suitable for cutting and pasting into configuration sessions.
Use the show bgp af-group command with the group-name inheritance argument and keyword to display the address family groups from which the specified af-group inherits configuration.
Use the show bgp af-group command with the group-name users argument and keyword to display the neighbors, neighbor groups, and af-groups that inherit configuration from the specified af-group.
Task ID
Examples
The following af-group configuration is used in the examples:
af-group group3 address-family ipv4 unicast remove-private-AS soft-reconfiguration inbound ! af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast use af-group group2 maximum-prefix 2500 75 warning-only default-originate soft-reconfiguration inbound disable ! af-group group2 address-family ipv4 unicast use af-group group3 send-community-ebgp send-extended-community-ebgp capability orf prefix bothThe following is sample output from the show bgp af-group command with the configuration keyword in EXEC mode. The source of each command is shown in the right column. For example, default-originate is configured directly on af-group group1 , and the remove-private-AS command is inherited from af-group group2, which in turn inherits it from af-group group3.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp af-group group1 configuration af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast capability orf prefix both [a:group2] default-originate [] maximum-prefix 2500 75 warning-only [] remove-private-AS [a:group2 a:group3] send-community [a:group2] send-extended-community [a:group2The following is sample output from the show bgp af-group command with the users keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp af-group group2 users IPv4 Unicast: a:group1The following is sample output from the show bgp af-group command with the inheritance keyword. This example shows that the specified af-group group1 directly uses the group2 af-group, which in turn uses the group3 af-group:
RP/0/RSP0RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp af-group group1 inheritance IPv4 Unicast: a:group2 a:group3Table 1 describes the significant fields shown in the display.
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 7 show bgp af-group Field DescriptionsField
Description
[ ]
Configures the command directly on the specified address family group.
a:
Indicates the name that follows is an address family group.
n:
Indicates the name that follows is a neighbor group.
[dflt]
Indicates the setting is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value for the setting is used. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
<not set>
Indicates that the configuration is disabled by default. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Configures a BGP address family group.
Displays information about BGP neighbors, including configuration inherited from neighbor groups, session groups, and address family groups.
Displays information about configuration for neighbor groups.
use af-group
Configures an af-group to inherit the configuration of a specified af-group.
show bgp attribute-key
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress family, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.2
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast } keyword was added.
Release 3.4.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
The count-only keyword was removed.
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp attribute-keycommand in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp all all attribute-key Address Family: IPv4 Unicast ============================ BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs BGP main routing table version 109 BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop AttrKey *> 1.1.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002 *> 10.0.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002 *> 12.21.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 0x00000002 *> 194.3.192.1/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009 *> 194.3.192.2/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009 *> 194.3.192.3/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009 *> 194.3.192.4/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009 *> 194.3.192.5/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009 Processed 8 prefixes, 8 paths Address Family: IPv4 Multicast ============================== BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs BGP main routing table version 15 BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop AttrKey *> 194.3.193.2/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009 *> 194.3.193.3/32 10.0.101.1 0x00000009 Processed 2 prefixes, 2 paths Address Family: IPv6 Unicast ============================ BGP router identifier 10.0.0.1, local AS number 1 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs BGP main routing table version 19 BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop AttrKey *> 2222::1111/128 2222::2 0x00000009 *> 2222::1112/128 2222::2 0x00000009 Processed 2 prefixes, 2 paths
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 8 show bgp attribute-key Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP generic scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
AttrKey
Key associated with the route attribute.
Processed n prefixes, n paths
Number of prefixes and number of paths processed for the table.
show bgp cidr-only
To display routes with nonnatural network masks, also known as classless interdomain routing (CIDR) routes, use the show bgp cidr-only command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 4 address family.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies the unicast address family.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies the multicast address family.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress family, specifies all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies the tunnel address family.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used. This command is applicable only for IPv4 prefixes. If the default address family is not IPv4, then the ipv4 keyword must be used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The count-only keyword was added
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.4.0
The count-only keyword was removed.
Release 3.5.0
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 address family.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for subaddress family, all subaddress family routing tables are examined.
The show bgp cidr-only command applies only for IPv4 prefixes. If the ipv4 keyword is not specified and the default address family is not IPv4, the command is not available.
Use the show bgp cidr-only command to display CIDR routes. Routes that have their correct class (class A, B, or C) prefix length are not displayed.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp cidr-only command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp cidr-only BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820 BGP main routing table version 2589 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *> 192.0.0.0/8 192.168.72.24 0 1878 ? *> 192.168.0.0/16 192.168.72.30 0 108 ?
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 9 show bgp cidr-only Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Entry originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
Metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
Weight
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays BGP routes.
show bgp community
To display routes that have the specified Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) communities, use the show bgp community command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } ] community community-list [ exact-match ]
show bgp [ ipv6 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all } ] community community-list [ exact-match ]
show bgp [ all { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel } ] community community-list [ exact-match ]
show bgp [ vpnv4 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] community community-list [ exact-match ]
show bgp [ vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 | { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] ] community community-list [ exact-match ]
show bgp [ vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] community community-list [ exact-match ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
community
Specifies that only routes with communities specified by community-list is displayed.
community-list
Between one and seven communities. Each community can be a number in the range from 1 to 4294967295, a community specified in AA:NN format, or one of the following well-known communities:
local-AS —Well-known community with value 4294901812. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
no-advertise —Well-known community with value 4294901813. Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
no-export —Well-known community with value 4294901814. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation as the local router.
internet —Well-known community whose value is not defined in BGP RFC. IOS XR BGP uses a value of 0 for the internet community. Routes with this community are advertised to all peers without any restrictions.
For the AA:NN format:
AA—Range is 0 to 65535.
NN—Range is 1 to 4294967295.
Up to seven community numbers can be specified.
exact-match
(Optional) Displays those routes that have communities exactly matching the specified communities.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The count-only keyword was added.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.4.0
The count-only keyword was removed.
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or the subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
If more than seven communities are required, it is necessary to configure a route policy and use the show bgp route-policy command.
Use the exact-match keyword to display only those routes with a set of communities exactly matching the list of specified communities. If you omit the exact-match keyword, those routes containing at least the specified communities are displayed.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp community command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp community 1820:1 exact-match BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820 BGP main routing table version 55 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path * 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ? * 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 10 show bgp community Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
Metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
Weight
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Creates an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays BGP routes.
show bgp convergence
To display whether a specific address family has reached convergence, use the show bgp convergence command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } ] convergence
show bgp [ ipv6 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all } ] convergence
show bgp [ all { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | mdt | tunnel } ] convergence
show bgp [ vpnv4 unicast ] convergence
show bgp [ vpnv4 unicast ] convergence
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 4 address family.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies the unicast address family.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies the multicast address family.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress family, specifies all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 6 address family.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The vpnv4 unicast and labeled-unicast keywords were added.
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp convergence command to see if there is any pending work for BGP to perform. The software checks the following conditions to determine whether the specified address family has converged. If all the conditions are true, the address family is considered converged.
- All received updates have been processed and best routes selected.
- All selected routes have been installed in the global Routing Information Base (RIB).
- All selected routes have been advertised to peers, including any peers that are not established (unless those peers have been administratively shut down). See the shutdown (BGP) command for more information about administrative shutdown.
While testing that all selected routes have been advertised to peers, the show bgp convergencecommand checks the size of the write queue for each neighbor. Because this queue is shared by all address families, there is a small possibility that the command indicates the address family has not converged when, in fact, it has converged. This could happen if the neighbor write queue contained messages from some other address family.
If the specified address family has not converged, the show bgp convergence command output does not indicate the amount of work that is pending. To display this information, use theshow bgp summary command.
Task ID
Examples
The following shows the result of using the show bgp convergence command for an address family that has converged:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp convergence Converged. All received routes in RIB, all neighbors updated. All neighbors have empty write queues.The following shows the result of using the show bgp convergence command for an address family that has not converged:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp convergence Not converged. Received routes may not be entered in RIB. One or more neighbors may need updating.
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 11 show bgp convergence Field DescriptionsField
Description
Converged/Not converged
Specifies whether or not all routes have been installed in the RIB and updates have been generated and sent to all neighbors.
[All] Received routes...
For convergence, all routes must have been installed into the RIB and all updates must have been generated. For non-convergence, some routes may not be installed in the RIB, or some routes that have been withdrawn have not yet been removed from the RIB, or some routes that are up to date in the RIB have not been advertised to all neighbors.
[All | One or more] neighbors...
Specifies the status of neighbor updating.
Related Commands
Command
Description
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays the status of BGP peer connections.
Disables a neighbor without removing all of its configuration.
show bgp dampened-paths
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) dampened routes, use the show bgp dampened-paths command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all } ] dampened-paths [ standby ]
show bgp [ ipv6 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all } ] dampened-paths [ standby ]
show bgp [ all { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel } ] dampened-paths [ standby ]
show bgp [ vpnv4 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] dampened-paths [ standby ]
show bgp [ vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 | { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] ] dampened-paths [ standby ]
show bgp [ vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] dampened-paths [ standby ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or for the subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp dampened-pathscommand in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp dampened-paths BGP router identifier 10.2.0.1, local AS number 3 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs BGP main routing table version 7 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes:s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes:i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path *d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.35 00:01:20 35 i
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 12 show bgp dampened-paths Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP generic scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
From
Neighbor from which the route was received.
Reuse
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Creates an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
Enables BGP route dampening or changes various BGP route dampening factors.
Clears BGP route dampening information and unsuppresses the suppressed routes.
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays BGP routes that have flapped.
Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
show bgp flap-statistics
To display information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) paths that have flapped, use the show bgp flap-statistics command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all } ] flap-statistics [ regexp regular-expression|route-policy route-policy-name |cidr-only | { ip-address | { mask | /prefix-length } } ] [ longer-prefixes ] [ detail ] [ standby ]
show bgp [ ipv6 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all } ] flap-statistics [ regexp regular-expression|route-policy route-policy-name |cidr-only | { ip-address | { mask | /prefix-length } } ] [ longer-prefixes ] [ detail ] [ standby ]
show bgp [ all { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all } ] flap-statistics [ regexp regular-expression|route-policy route-policy-name |cidr-only | { ip-address | { mask | /prefix-length } } ] [ longer-prefixes ] [ detail ] [ standby ]
show bgp [ vpnv4 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] flap-statistics [ regexp regular-expression|route-policy route-policy-name |cidr-only | { ip-address | { mask | /prefix-length } } ] [ longer-prefixes ] [ detail ] [ standby ]
show bgp [ vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 | { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] ] flap-statistics [ regexp regular-expression|route-policy route-policy-name |cidr-only | { ip-address | { mask | /prefix-length } } ] [ longer-prefixes ] [ detail ] [ standby ]
show bgp [ vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] flap-statistics [ regexp regular-expression|route-policy route-policy-name |cidr-only | { ip-address | { mask | /prefix-length } } ] [ longer-prefixes ] [ detail ] [ standby ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
regexp regular-expression
(Optional) Displays flap statistics for all paths that match the regular expression.
route-policy route-policy-name
(Optional) Displays flap statistics for a route policy.
cidr-only
(Optional) Displays only routes whose prefix length does not match the classful prefix length for that network. The cidr-only keyword can be specified only if the address family is IPv4.
ip-address
(Optional) Flap statistics for a network address only.
mask
(Optional) Network mask applied to the ip-address argument.
/ prefix-length
(Optional) Length of the IP address prefix. A decimal value that indicates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address compose the prefix (the network portion of the address). A slash (/) must precede the decimal value.
longer-prefixes
(Optional) Displays flap statistics for the specified prefix and more-specific prefixes. The longer-prefixes keyword is available when the ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
detail
(Optional) Displays dampening parameters for the path. The detail keyword cannot be specified if the longer-prefixes keyword is specified. The detail keyword is available when the ip-address argument or ip-address and mask or /prefix-length arguments are specified.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The filter-list access-list keyword and argument were removed.
The route-policy route-policy-name keyword and argument were added.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Flap statistics are maintained only for paths if dampening is enabled using the bgp dampening command. If dampening is not enabled, the show bgp flap-statistics command does not display any paths.
If no arguments or keywords are specified, the software displays flap statistics for all paths for the specified address family. You can use the regexp , filter-list, cidr-only, and longer-prefixes options to limit the set of paths displayed.
If you specify a network address without a mask or prefix length, the longest matching prefix for the network address is displayed. When displaying flap statistics for a single route, use the detail keyword to display dampening parameters for the route.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp flap-statistics command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp flap-statistics BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820 BGP main routing table version 26180 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path *d 10.0.0.0 172.20.16.177 4 00:13:31 00:18:10 100 *d 10.10.0.0 172.20.16.177 4 00:02:45 00:28:20 100The following is sample output from the show bgp flap-statistics command with the detail keyword in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp flap-statistics 172.31.12.166 detail BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1 BGP main routing table version 738 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path h 172.31.12.166 10.0.101.1 6 00:03:28 2 2000 3000 Half life Suppress Reuse penalty Max. supp. time 00:15:00 2000 750 01:00:00
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 13 show bgp flap-statistics Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP route identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network that is dampened.
From
IP address of the peer that advertised this route.
Flaps
Number of times the route has flapped.
Duration
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) since the first flap.
Reuse
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
Path
Autonomous system path of the route that is being dampened.
Half life
Half-life value used when dampening this route. The half-life is the amount of time that must elapse to reduce the reuse penalty by half. The half-life value is specified using the bgp dampening command.
Suppress
Suppress value used to dampen this route. The suppress value is the value that the penalty must exceed for the route to be suppressed. The suppress value can be configured using the bgp dampening command.
Reuse penalty
Reuse penalty used to dampen this route. The penalty must fall below the reuse penalty for the route to be unsuppressed. The reuse penalty can be configured using the bgp dampening command.
Max supp. time
Maximum length of time that the route may be suppressed due to dampening. The maximum suppress time can be configured using the bgp dampening command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Enables BGP route dampening or changes various BGP route dampening factors.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays the BGP dampened routes.
Displays information about BGP neighbors.
show bgp inconsistent-as
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes originated from more than one autonomous system, use the show bgp inconsistent-as command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } ] inconsistent-as [ standby ]
show bgp [ ipv6 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all } ] inconsistent-as [ standby ]
show bgp [ all { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } ] inconsistent-as [ standby ]
show bgp vpnv4 unicast [ rd rd-address ] inconsistent-as [ standby ]
show bgp [ vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 | { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] ] inconsistent-as [ standby ]
show bgp [ vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] ] inconsistent-as [ standby ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or for the subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp inconsistent-ascommand to search through all prefixes in the specified BGP routing table and display the paths for any prefix that has inconsistent originating autonomous system numbers. The originating autonomous system is the last autonomous system number displayed in the path field and should be the same for all paths.
If a prefix has one or more paths originating from different autonomous systems, all paths for that prefix are displayed.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp inconsistent-as command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp inconsistent-as BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820 BGP main routing table version 1129 BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path * 10.0.0.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 88 90 99 ? *> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ? * 172.16.0.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 90 99 88 200 ? *> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ? * 192.168.199.0 172.16.232.55 0 0 300 88 90 99 ? *> 172.16.232.52 2222 0 400 ?
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 14 show bgp inconsistent-as Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
Metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
Weight
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default -safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
show bgp labels
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routes and their incoming and outgoing labels, use the show bgp labelscommand in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled-unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 {unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp labelscommand in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf BAR ipv4 unicast labels BGP VRF BAR, state: Active BGP Route Distinguisher: 100:1 BGP router identifier 10.1.1.1, local AS number 100 BGP table state: Active BGP main routing table version 12 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Rcvd Label Local Label Route Distinguisher: 100:1 (default for vrf BAR) *> 20.1.1.1/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel *> 20.1.1.2/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel *> 20.1.1.3/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel *> 20.1.1.4/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel *> 20.1.1.5/32 10.0.101.1 16 nolabel Processed 5 prefixes, 5 paths
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 15 show bgp labels Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP Route Distinguisher
BGP route distinguisher.
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP table state
State of the BGP routing table.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
Rcvd Label
Received label.
Local Label
Local label.
show bgp neighbor-group
To display information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration for neighbor groups, use the show bgp neighbor-group command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
group-name
Name of the address family group to display.
configuration
(Optional) Displays the effective configuration for the neighbor group, including any configuration inherited by this neighbor group.
defaults
(Optional) Displays all configuration, including default configuration.
nvgen
(Optional) Displays output in show running-config command output.
If the defaults keyword is also specified, the output is not suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
inheritance
Displays the af-groups, session groups, and neighbor groups from which this neighbor group inherits configuration.
users
Displays the neighbors and neighbor groups that inherit configuration from this neighbor group.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the show bgp neighbor-group command with the group-name configuration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of a neighbor group, including any configuration inherited from session groups, address family groups, and neighbor groups through application of the use command. The source of each configured command is also displayed.
Use the defaults keyword to display all configuration for the neighbor group, including default configuration. The command output identifies default onfiguration. Use the nvgen keyword to display configuration in the output form of show running-configcommand. Output in this form is suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
Theshow bgp neighbor-group command with the group-name inheritance argument and keyword displays the session groups, address family groups, and neighbor groups from which the specified neighbor group inherits configuration.
The show bgp neighbor-group group-name command displays the neighbors and neighbor groups that inherit configuration from the specified neighbor group.
Task ID
Examples
The examples use the following configuration:
af-group group3 address-family ipv4 unicast remove-private-AS soft-reconfiguration inbound ! af-group group2 address-family ipv4 unicast use af-group group3 send-community-ebgp send-extended-community-ebgp capability orf prefix both ! session-group group3 dmzlink-bw ! neighbor-group group3 use session-group group3 timers 30 90 ! neighbor-group group1 remote-as 1982 use neighbor-group group2 address-family ipv4 unicast ! ! neighbor-group group2 use neighbor-group group3 address-family ipv4 unicast use af-group group2 weight 100 !The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbor-group command with the configuration keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor-group group1 configuration neighbor-group group1 remote-as 1982 [] timers 30 90 [n:group2 n:group3] dmzlink-bw [n:group2 n:group3 s:group3] address-family ipv4 unicast [] capability orf prefix both [n:group2 a:group2] remove-private-AS [n:group2 a:group2 a:group3] send-community-ebgp [n:group2 a:group2] send-extended-community-ebgp [n:group2 a:group2] soft-reconfiguration inbound [n:group2 a:group2 a:group3] weight 100 [n:group2]The configuration source is shown to the right of each command. In the output, the remote-as command is configured directly on neighbor group group1, and the send-community-ebgp command is inherited from neighbor group group2, which in turn inherits the setting from af-group group2.
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbor-group command with the users keyword. This output shows that the group1 neighbor group inherits session (address family-independent configuration parameters) from the group2 neighbor group. The group1 neighbor group also inherits IPv4 unicast configuration parameters from the group2 neighbor group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor-group group2 users Session: n:group1 IPv4 Unicast: n:group1The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbor-group command with the inheritance keyword. This output shows that the specified neighbor group group1 inherits session (address family-independent configuration) from neighbor group group2, which inherits its own session from neighbor group group3. Neighbor group group3 inherited its session from session group group3. It also shows that the group1 neighbor-group inherits IPv4 unicast configuration parameters from the group2 neighbor group, which in turn inherits them from the group2 af-group, which itself inherits them from the group3 af-group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbor-group group1 inheritance Session: n:group2 n:group3 s:group3 IPv4 Unicast: n:group2 a:group2 a:group3
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 16 show bgp neighbor-group Field DescriptionsField
Description
[ ]
Configures the command directly on the specified address family group.
s:
Indicates the name that follows is a session group.
a:
Indicates the name that follows is an address family group.
n:
Indicates the name that follows is a neighbor group.
[dflt]
Indicates the setting is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value for the setting is used. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
<not set>
Indicates that the default is for the setting to be disabled. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Configures a BGP address family group.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
Displays information about configuration for address family groups.
Displays information about BGP neighbors, including configuration inherited from neighbor groups, session groups, and address family groups.
Displays information about the BGP configuration for session groups.
show running-config
Displays the contents of the currently running configuration or a subset of that configuration.
Inherits configuration from a neighbor group, a session group, or an address family group.
show bgp neighbors
To display information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections to neighbors, use the show bgp neighbors command in EXEC mode.
show bgp neighbors [ performance-statistics | missing-eor ] [ standby ]
show bgp neighbors ip-address [ advertised-routes | dampened-routes | flap-statistics | performance-statistics | received | | { prefix-filter | routes } | routes ] [ standby ]
show bgp neighbors ip-address [ configuration | [ defaults ] | | nvgen | inheritance ] [ standby ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
performance-statistics
(Optional) Displays performance statistics relative to work done by the BGP process for this neighbor.
missing-eor
(Optional) Displays neighbors that did not receive an end-of-record (EOR) in read-only mode.
ip-address
(Optional) IP address of the BGP-speaking neighbor. If you omit this argument, all neighbors are displayed.
advertised-routes
(Optional) Displays all routes the router advertised to the neighbor.
dampened-routes
(Optional) Displays the dampened routes that are learned from the neighbor.
flap-statistics
(Optional) Displays flap statistics of the routes learned from the neighbor.
received { prefix-filter | routes }
(Optional) Displays information received from the BGP neighbor. The options are:
prefix-filter— Displays the prefix list filter.
routes—Displays routes from the neighbor before inbound policy
routes
(Optional) Displays routes learned from the neighbor.
configuration
(Optional) Displays the effective configuration for the neighbor, including any settings that have been inherited from session groups, neighbor groups, or af-groups used by this neighbor.
defaults
(Optional) Displays all configuration settings, including any default settings.
nvgen
(Optional) Displays output in the show running-config command output.
inheritance
(Optional) Displays the session groups, neighbor groups, and af-groups from which this neighbor inherits configuration settings.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify which routing table should be examined. If the all keyword is specified for address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp neighbors command to display detailed information about all neighbors or a specific neighbor. Use the performance-statistics keyword to display information about the work related to specific neighbors done by the BGP process.
Use the show bgp neighbors command with the ip-address received prefix-filter argument and keyword to display the Outbound Route Filter (ORF) received from a neighbor.
Use the advertised-routes keyword to display a summary of the routes advertised to the specified neighbor.
Use the dampened-routes keyword to display routes received from the specified neighbor that have been suppressed due to dampening. For more details, see the show bgp dampened-paths command.
To display information about flapping routes received from a neighbor, use the flap-statistics keyword. For more details, see the show bgp flap-statistics command.
To display the routes received from a neighbor, use the routes keyword. For more details, see the show bgp command.
Use the show bgp neighbor command with the ip-address configuration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of a neighbor, including configuration inherited from session groups, neighbor groups, or af-groups through application of the use command. Use the defaults keyword to display the value of all configurations for the neighbor, including default configuration. Use the nvgen keyword to display configuration output format of the show running-config command. Output in this format is suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session. Use the show bgp neighbors command with the ip-address inheritance argument and keyword to display the session groups, neighbor groups, and af-groups from which the specified neighbor inherits configuration.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.1, remote AS 2, local AS 1, external link Description: routem neighbor Remote router ID 10.0.101.1 BGP state = Established, up for 00:00:56 TCP open mode: passive only BFD enabled (session initializing) Last read 00:00:55, hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds DMZ-link bandwidth is 1000 Mb/s Neighbor capabilities: Route refresh: advertised 4-byte AS: advertised and received Address family IPv4 Unicast: advertised and received Address family IPv4 Multicast: advertised and received Received 119 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 119 messages, 22 notifications, 0 in queue Minimum time between advertisement runs is 60 seconds For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor version 137 Update group: 1.3 Community attribute sent to this neighbor AF-dependant capabilities: Outbound Route Filter (ORF) type (128) Prefix-list: Send-mode: advertised Receive-mode: advertised Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all 5 accepted prefixes, 5 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 3, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 1000000 Threshold for warning message 75% For Address Family: IPv4 Multicast BGP neighbor version 23 Update group: 1.2 Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 Policy for incoming advertisements is pass-all Policy for outgoing advertisements is pass-all 2 accepted prefixes, 2 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 0, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 131072 Threshold for warning message 75% Connections established 9; dropped 8 Last reset 00:02:10, due to User clear requested (CEASE notification sent - administrative reset) Time since last notification sent to neighbor: 00:02:10 Error Code: administrative reset Notification data sent: NoneThe following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the advertised-routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 172.20.16.178 routes BGP router identifier 172.20.16.181, local AS number 1 BGP main routing table version 27 BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *> 10.0.0.0 172.20.16.178 40 0 10 ? *> 10.22.0.0 172.20.16.178 40 0 10 ?The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 dampened-routes BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1 BGP main routing table version 48 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Reuse Path *d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i *d 11.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i *d 12.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i *d 13.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i *d 14.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 00:59:30 2 100 1000 i
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 18 show bgp neighbors routes Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
Metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
Weight
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the dampened-routes keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 flap-statistics BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1 BGP main routing table version 48 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Flaps Duration Reuse Path h 10.1.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 5000 1000 h 10.2.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 2000 3000 h 10.2.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 9000 6000 *d 10.0.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000 h 10.0.0.0/16 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 100 102 *d 10.11.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000 *d 10.12.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000 *d 10.13.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000 *d 10.14.0.0 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 00:59:30 2 100 1000 h 192.168.0.0/16 10.0.101.1 5008 2d02h 2 100 101
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 19 show bgp neighbors dampened-routes Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
From
Neighbor from which the route was received.
Reuse
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the flap-statistics keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.2 performance-statistics BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.2, remote AS 1 Read 3023 messages (58639 bytes) in 3019 calls (time spent: 1.312 secs) Read throttled 0 times Processed 3023 inbound messages (time spent: 0.198 secs) Wrote 58410 bytes in 6062 calls (time spent: 3.041 secs) Processing write list: wrote 0 messages in 0 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs) Processing write queue: wrote 3040 messages in 3040 calls (time spent: 0.055 secs) Received 3023 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue Sent 3040 messages, 0 notifications, 0 in queue
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 20 show bgp neighbors flap-statistics Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP route identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between when the BGP process scans for the specified address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
From
IP address of the peer that advertised this route.
Flaps
Number of times the route has flapped.
Duration
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) since the router noticed the first flap.
Reuse
Time (in hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is made available.
Path
Autonomous system path to reach the destination network.
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the performance-statistics keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 configuration neighbor 10.0.101.1 remote-as 2 [] bfd fast-detect [] address-family ipv4 unicast [] policy pass-all in [] policy pass-all out [] address-family ipv4 multicast [] policy pass-all in [] policy pass-all out []
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 21 show bgp neighbors performance-statistics Field DescriptionsField
Description
Read
Indicates the number of messages received from the neighbor, the total size of received messages, the number of read operations performed, and the real time spent (in seconds) by the process performing read operations for this neighbor.
Read throttled
Number of times that reading from the TCP connection to this neighbor has been throttled. Throttling is due to a backlog of messages that have been read but not processed.
inbound messages
Number of read messages that have been processed, and the real time spent processing inbound messages for this neighbor.
Wrote
Amount of data that has been sent to this neighbor, number of write operations performed, and the real time spent by the process performing write operations for this neighbor.
Processing write list
Number of messages written from the write list to this neighbor, number of times the write list has been processed, and real time spent processing the write list.
Note Write lists typically contain only update messages.
Processing write queue
Number of messages written from the write queue to this neighbor, number of times the write queue has been processed, and real time spent processing the write queue.
Received
Number of messages received from this neighbor, number of notification messages received and processed from this neighbor, and number of messages that have been received, but not yet processed.
Sent
Number of messages sent to this neighbor, number of notification messages generated to be sent to this neighbor, and number of messages queued to be sent to this neighbor.
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors command with the configuration keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors 10.0.101.1 configuration neighbor 10.0.101.1 remote-as 2 [] bfd fast-detect [] address-family ipv4 unicast [] policy pass-all in [] policy pass-all out [] address-family ipv4 multicast [] policy pass-all in [] policy pass-all out []
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 22 show bgp neighbors configuration Field DescriptionsField
Description
neighbor
IP address configuration of the neighbor.
remote-as
Remote autonomous system configured on the neighbor.
bfd fast-detect
BFD parameter configured on the neighbor.
address-family
Address family and subsequent address family configured on the router.
route-policy pass-all in
Route policy configured for inbound updates.
route-policy pass-all out
Route policy configured for outbound updates.
The following sample output shows sample output from show bgp neighbors command with additional paths send and receive capabilities advertised to neighbors:BGP neighbor is 80.0.0.30 Remote AS 100, local AS 100, internal link Remote router ID 33.33.33.33 BGP state = Established, up for 19:54:12 NSR State: None Last read 00:00:25, Last read before reset 19:54:54 Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Configured hold time: 180, keepalive: 60, min acceptable hold time: 3 Last write 00:00:02, attempted 19, written 19 Second last write 00:01:02, attempted 19, written 19 Last write before reset 19:54:54, attempted 29, written 29 Second last write before reset 19:54:59, attempted 19, written 19 Last write pulse rcvd Nov 11 12:58:03.838 last full not set pulse count 2407 Last write pulse rcvd before reset 19:54:54 Socket not armed for io, armed for read, armed for write Last write thread event before reset 19:54:54, second last 19:54:54 Last KA expiry before reset 00:00:00, second last 00:00:00 Last KA error before reset 00:00:00, KA not sent 00:00:00 Last KA start before reset 19:54:54, second last 19:54:59 Precedence: internet Non-stop routing is enabled Graceful restart is enabled Restart time is 120 seconds Stale path timeout time is 360 seconds Neighbor capabilities: Adv Rcvd Route refresh: Yes Yes 4-byte AS: Yes Yes Address family IPv4 Unicast: Yes Yes Address family IPv4 Labeled-unicast: Yes Yes Address family VPNv4 Unicast: Yes Yes Address family IPv6 Unicast: Yes Yes Address family VPNv6 Unicast: Yes Yes Address family IPv4 MDT: Yes Yes Message stats: InQ depth: 0, OutQ depth: 0 Last_Sent Sent Last_Rcvd Rcvd Open: Nov 10 17:03:52.731 2 Nov 10 17:03:52.730 2 Notification: --- 0 --- 0 Update: Nov 10 17:05:02.435 20 Nov 10 17:04:58.812 12 Keepalive: Nov 11 12:58:03.632 1197 Nov 11 12:57:40.458 1196 Route_Refresh: --- 0 --- 0 Total: 1219 1210 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 0 secs For Address Family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor version 13 Update group: 0.9 NEXT_HOP is always this router AF-dependant capabilities: Graceful Restart capability advertised and received Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds Remote Restart time is 120 seconds Additional-paths Send: advertised and received Additional-paths Receive: advertised and received Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 10, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 524288 Threshold for warning message 75% AIGP is enabled An EoR was received during read-only mode Last ack version 13, Last synced ack version 0 Outstanding version objects: current 0, max 1 Additional-paths operation: Send and Receive For Address Family: IPv4 Labeled-unicast BGP neighbor version 13 Update group: 0.4 (Update Generation Throttled) AF-dependant capabilities: Graceful Restart capability advertised and received Neighbor preserved the forwarding state during latest restart Local restart time is 120, RIB purge time is 600 seconds Maximum stalepath time is 360 seconds Remote Restart time is 120 seconds Additional-paths Send: received Additional-paths Receive: received Route refresh request: received 0, sent 0 0 accepted prefixes, 0 are bestpaths Prefix advertised 2, suppressed 0, withdrawn 0, maximum limit 131072 Threshold for warning message 75% AIGP is enabled An EoR was received during read-only mode Last ack version 13, Last synced ack version 0 Outstanding version objects: current 0, max 1 Additional-paths operation: NoneRelated Commands
Command
Description
Resets a BGP connection or session.
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
Displays BGP dampened routes.
Displays BGP routes that have flapped.
Displays information about the BGP configuration for neighbor groups.
Disables a neighbor without removing all of its configuration.
show bgp neighbors nsr
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) nonstop routing (NSR) information across neighbors, use the show bgp neighbors nsr command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | all } | ipv6 { unicast | multicast | all } | vpnv4 unicast | vpnv6 unicast | vrf { all | vrf_name } ] neighbors nsr [standby]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf_name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp neighbors nsr command with the standby keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp neighbors nsr standby BGP neighbor is 2.2.2.2 BGP state = Established, up for 5d04h NSR state = NSR Ready Outstanding Postits: 0 BGP neighbor is 10.0.101.5 BGP state = Established, up for 05:19:00 NSR state = NSR Ready Outstanding Postits: 0 BGP neighbor is 10.1.0.5 BGP state = Established, up for 5d04h NSR state = NSR Ready Outstanding Postits: 0show bgp nexthops
To display statistical information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) next hops, use the show bgp nexthops command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled-unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
statistics
(Optional) Specifies nexthop statistics.
speaker speaker-id
(Optional) Specifies a speaker process ID.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.4.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
The following keywords were added:
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The RefCount value was changed to address family/all format.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The show bgp nexthops command displays statistical information about next-hop notifications, the time spent processing the notifications, and details about each next-hop that has been registered with the Routing Information Base (RIB).
Use the vrf vrf-name keyword and argument to display only the next-hops present in the specified VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
The next-hop information is displayed for all active speaker processes in distributed mode. Each speaker displays a set of next-hops that belongs to the prefixes received by the speaker and next hops that belong to best paths that were received by other speaker processes. Use the speaker speaker-id keyword and argument to display information for only the specified speaker process. The distributed mode must be defined using the distributed speaker command for the speaker keyword to be available.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp nexthops command with the VRF specified:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf all nexthops Fri Mar 13 17:05:40.656 UTC VRF: 900 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000001 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 90.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 20/23 VRF: 901 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000002 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 91.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13 VRF: 902 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000003 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 92.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13 VRF: 903 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000004 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 93.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13 VRF: 904 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000005 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 94.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13 VRF: 905 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000006 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 95.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13 VRF: 906 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000007 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 96.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13 VRF: 907 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000008 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 97.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13 VRF: 908 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe0000009 Nexthop Count: 2 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 10.0.101.201 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 98.0.0.2 [R][C][NL] 0 1/0 1d22h (Cri) 10/13 VRF: 909 ======== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 1d22h Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe000000a Nexthop Count: 1 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1 Status codes: R/UR Reachable/Unreachable C/NC Connected/Not-connected L/NL Local/Non-local I Invalid (Policy Match Failed) Next Hop Status Metric Notf LastRIBEvent RefCount 99.0.0.2 [UR] 4294967295 0/0 1d22h (Reg) 0/3 VRF: yellow =========== Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent: 0.000 secs Maximum Nexthop Processing Received: 82y48w Bestpaths Deleted: 0 Bestpaths Changed: 0 Time Spent: 0.000 secs Last Notification Processing Received: 82y48w Time Spent: 0.000 secs IPv4 Unicast is active Gateway Address Family: IPv4 Unicast Table ID: 0xe000000e Nexthop Count: 0 Critical Trigger Delay: 0msec Non-critical Trigger Delay: 10000msec Nexthop Version: 1, RIB version: 1
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 24 show bgp vrf all nexthops Field DescriptionsField
Description
VRF
Name of the VRF.
Total Nexthop Processing Time Spent
Time spent processing trigger delays for critical and noncritical events for the VRF or address family. The time is specified in seconds.
Maximum Nexthop Processing
Time that has passed since the nexthop notification was received that resulted in spending the maximum amount of processing time for all notifications.
Last Notification Processing
Time that has passed since the last nexthop notification was received.
IPv4 Unicast is active.
VRF specified output that indicates the IPv4 unicast address family is active within the VRF.
Nexthop Count
Number of next hops for the VRF or address family.
Critical Trigger Delay
Configured critical trigger delay.
Non-critical Trigger Delay
Configured noncritical trigger delay.
Total Critical Notifications Received
Number of critical notifications received.
Total Non-critical Notifications Received
Number of noncritical notifications received.
Bestpaths Deleted After Last Walk
Number of best paths deleted due to the last notification.
Bestpaths Changed After Last Walk
Number of best paths modified due to the last notification.
Next Hop
IP address of the next hop.
Status
Status of the next hop.
Metric
IGP metric of the next hop.
Notf
Number of critical and noncritical notifications received.
LastRIBEvent
When the last notification was received from the RIB.
RefCount
The number of neighbors or prefixes that refer to the next hop in address family/all format.
Address Family
Name of the address family.
show bgp nsr
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) nonstop routing (NSR) information, use the show bgp nsr command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } | ipv6 { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast } | all { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel } | vpnv4 unicast | vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] | vpvn6 unicast ] nsr [standby]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
standby
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp nsr command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nsr Fri Jan 30 10:18:48.171 PST PDT BGP Process Information: BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode Autonomous System: 100 Router ID: 10.1.0.1 (manually configured) Default Cluster ID: 10.1.0.1 Active Cluster IDs: 10.1.0.1 Fast external fallover enabled Neighbor logging is not enabled Enforce first AS enabled AS Path ignore is enabled AS Path multipath-relax is enabled Default local preference: 100 Default keepalive: 60 Graceful restart enabled Restart time: 180 Stale path timeout time: 360 RIB purge timeout time: 600 Non-stop routing is enabled Update delay: 120 Generic scan interval: 60 Address family: IPv4 Unicast Dampening is not enabled Client reflection is enabled in global config Scan interval: 60 Main Table Version: 7034 IGP notification: IGPs notified RIB has converged: version 1 ========== Post Failover Summary for Active instance ========== Node Process Read Write Inbound node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 146.75 18.90 3.46 Entered mode Standby Ready : Jan 30 10:00:39 Entered mode TCP NSR Setup : Jan 30 10:00:39 Entered mode TCP NSR Setup Done : Jan 30 10:00:39 Entered mode TCP Initial Sync : Jan 30 10:00:39 Entered mode TCP Initial Sync Done : Jan 30 10:00:44 Entered mode FPBSN processing done : Jan 30 10:00:44 Entered mode Update processing done : Jan 30 10:00:44 Entered mode BGP Initial Sync : Jan 30 10:00:44 Entered mode BGP Initial Sync done : Jan 30 10:00:44 Entered mode NSR Ready : Jan 30 10:00:44 Current BGP NSR state - NSR Ready achieved at: Jan 30 10:00:44 NSR State READY notified to Redcon at: Jan 30 10:16:58 NSR Post Failover Summary: QAD Statistics: Messages Sent : 512 ACKs Received : 512 Messages Received : 8 ACKs Sent : 8 Send Failures : 1 Send ACK Failures : 0 Suspends : 1 Resumes : 1 Messages Processed : 8 Out of sequence drops: 0 Postit Summary: Total pending postit messages: 0 Neighbors with pending postits: 0 Conv Bestpath TunnelUpd Import RIBUpd Label ReadWrite LastUpd Process: Speaker Yes 120 --- --- 120 120 120 87531 Rib Trigger: enabled Last RIB down event Jan 29 09:50:03.069 received Last RIB convergence Jan 29 09:50:03.069 last ack received. Address Family IPv4 Unicast converged in 87531 secondsThe following example shows sample output from the show bgp nsr command with the standby keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp nsr standby Fri Jan 30 10:18:55.654 PST PDT BGP Process Information: BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode Autonomous System: 100 Router ID: 10.1.0.1 (manually configured) Default Cluster ID: 10.1.0.1 Active Cluster IDs: 10.1.0.1 Fast external fallover enabled Neighbor logging is not enabled Enforce first AS enabled AS Path ignore is enabled AS Path multipath-relax is enabled Default local preference: 100 Default keepalive: 60 Graceful restart enabled Restart time: 180 Stale path timeout time: 360 RIB purge timeout time: 600 Non-stop routing is enabled Update delay: 120 Generic scan interval: 60 Address family: IPv4 Unicast Dampening is not enabled Client reflection is enabled in global config Scan interval: 60 Main Table Version: 7034 IGP notification: IGPs notified RIB has converged: version 1 ========== Post Failover Summary for Standby instance ========== Node Process Read Write Inbound node0_1_CPU0 Speaker 1.68 0.00 1.42 Entered mode Standby Ready : Jan 30 10:00:39 Entered mode TCP Replication : Jan 30 10:00:39 Entered mode TCP Init Sync Done : Jan 30 10:00:44 Entered mode NSR Ready : Jan 30 10:00:44 QAD Statistics: Messages Sent : 9 ACKs Received : 9 Messages Received : 512 ACKs Sent : 512 Send Failures : 0 Send ACK Failures : 0 Suspends : 0 Resumes : 0 Messages Processed : 512 Standby init drops : 0 Out of sequence drops: 0 Postit Summary: Total pending postit messages: 0 Neighbors with pending postits: 0 Conv Bestpath TunnelUpd Import RIBUpd Label ReadWrite LastUpd Process: Speaker Yes 1233338444 --- --- 1233338444 1233338444 1233338444 --- Rib Trigger: enabled Last RIB down event Jan 29 09:50:17.308 received Last RIB convergence Jan 29 09:50:17.308 last ack received.show bgp paths
To display all the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) paths in the database, use the show bgp paths command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
detail
(Optional) Displays detailed attribute information.
debug
(Optional) Displays attribute process ID, hash bucket, and hash chain ID attribute information.
regexp regular-expression
(Optional) Specifies an autonomous system path that matches the regular expression.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The regexp keyword was added.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported. The input parameters and output were modified to display 4-byte autonomous system numbers and extended communities in either asplain or asdot notations.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the show bgp paths command to display information about AS paths and the associated attributes with which the paths were received.
If no options are specified, all stored AS paths are displayed with the number of routes using each path.
Note
The AS path information is stored independently of the address family, making it possible that routes from different address families could be using the same path.
Use the regular-expression argument to limit the output to only those paths that match the specified regular expression. See the Cisco IOS XR Getting Started Guide for the Cisco CRS Router for information on regular expressions.
Use the detail keyword to display detailed information on the attributes stored with the AS path.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp paths command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp paths detail Proc Attributes Refcount Metric Path Spk 0 ORG AS LOCAL 7 0 i Spk 0 ORG AS LOCAL COMM EXTCOMM 3 0 21 i Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 55 2 i Spk 0 ORG AS 3 0 2 10 11 i Spk 0 ORG AS COMM 3 0 2 10 11 i Spk 0 MET ORG AS ATOM 3 2 2 3 4 ? Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 1 2 3 4 e Spk 0 MET ORG AS 3 0 2 3 4 i
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 25 show bgp paths Field DescriptionsField
Description
Proc
ID of the process in which the path is stored. This is always “Spk 0.”
Attributes
Attributes that are present. The following may appear:
MET —Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
ORG—Origin attribute is present.
AS—AS path attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
NeighborAS
Autonomous system number of the neighbor, or 0, if the path information originated locally.
Refcount
Number of routes using a path.
Metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
show bgp policy
To display information about Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) advertisements under a proposed policy, use the show bgp policy command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
neighbor
(Optional) Previews advertisements for a single neighbor.
ip-address
(Optional) IP address of a single neighbor.
sent-advertisements
(Optional) Displays the routes that have been advertised to neighbors. If a route has not yet been advertised to the neighbor, it is not shown.
route-policy
(Optional) Displays advertisements for an output route policy.
route-policy-name
(Optional) Name of the route policy.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
summary
(Optional) Displays a summary of the BGP advertisements.
Command Default
Advertisements for all neighbors are displayed if the neighbor ip-address keyword and argument are not specified. If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The unsuppress-map map keyword and argument were removed and the route-policy route-policy-name keyword and argument were added.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Routerfor detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp policy command to display routes that would be advertised to neighbors under a proposed policy. Unlike in the show bgp advertised command, the information displayed reflects any modifications made to the routes when executing the specified policy.
Use the neighbor keyword to limit the output to routes advertised to a particular neighbor. Use the sent-advertisements keyword to change the output in two ways:
- If a policy is not specified explicitly, any policy configured on the neighbor (using the route-policy (BGP) command) is executed before displaying the routes.
- Only routes that have already been advertised to the neighbor (and not withdrawn) are displayed. Routes that have not yet been advertised are not displayed.
Use the summary keyword to display abbreviated output.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp policy command with the summary keyword in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp policy summary Network Next Hop From Advertised to 172.16.1.0/24 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.2 10.0.101.3 172.17.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 Local 10.0.101.1 10.0.101.2 10.0.101.3
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 26 show bgp policy summary Field DescriptionsField
Description
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
From
IP address of the peer that advertised this route.
Local
Indicates the route originated on the local system.
Local Aggregate
Indicates the route is an aggregate created on the local system.
Advertised to
Indicates the neighbors to which this route was advertised.
The following is sample output from the show bgp policy command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp policy 11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.1 Path info: neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1 valid local best Attributes after inbound policy was applied: next hop: 0.0.0.0 MET ORG AS origin: IGP metric: 0 aspath: Attributes after outbound policy was applied: next hop: 10.4.0.1 MET ORG AS origin: IGP metric: 0 aspath: 1 11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.2 Path info: neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1 valid local best Attributes after inbound policy was applied: next hop: 0.0.0.0 MET ORG AS origin: IGP metric: 0 aspath: Attributes after outbound policy was applied: next hop: 10.4.0.1 MET ORG AS origin: IGP metric: 0 aspath: 11.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.3 Path info: neighbor: Local neighbor router id: 10.4.0.1 valid local best Attributes after inbound policy was applied: next hop: 0.0.0.0 MET ORG AS origin: IGP metric: 0 aspath: Attributes after outbound policy was applied: next hop: 10.4.0.1 MET ORG AS origin: IGP metric: 0 aspath: 12.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.2 Path info: neighbor: 10.4.101.1 neighbor router id: 10.4.101.1 valid external best Attributes after inbound policy was applied: next hop: 10.4.101.1 ORG AS origin: IGP neighbor as: 2 aspath: 2 3 4 Attributes after outbound policy was applied: next hop: 10.4.101.1 ORG AS origin: IGP neighbor as: 2 aspath:2 3 4 12.0.0.0/24 is advertised to 10.4.101.3 Path info: neighbor: 10.4.101.1 neighbor router id: 10.4.101.1 valid external best Attributes after inbound policy was applied: next hop: 10.4.101.1 ORG AS origin: IGP neighbor as: 2 aspath: 2 3 4 Attributes after outbound policy was applied: next hop: 10.4.101.1 ORG AS origin: IGP neighbor as: 2 aspath:2 3 4
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 27 show bgp policy Field DescriptionsField
Description
Is advertised to
IP address of the peer to which this route is advertised. If the route is advertised to multiple peers, information is shown separately for each peer.
neighbor
IP address of the peer that advertised this route, or one of the following:
Local—Route originated on the local system.
Local Aggregate—Route is an aggregate created on the local system.
neighbor router id
BGP identifier for the peer, or the local system if the route originated on the local system.
Not advertised to any peer
Indicates the no-advertise well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community are not advertised to any BGP peers.
Not advertised to any EBGP peer
Indicates the no-export well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation as the local router.
Not advertised outside the local AS
Indicates the local-AS well-known community is associated with this route. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
(Received from a RR-client)
Path was received from a route reflector client.
(received-only)
Path is not used for routing purposes. It is used to support soft reconfiguration, and records the path attributes before inbound policy was applied to a path received from a peer. A path marked “received-only” indicates that either the path was dropped by inbound policy, or that a copy of path information was created and then modified for routing use.
(received & used)
Indicates that the path is used both for soft reconfiguration and routing purposes. A path marked “(received & used)”, implies the path information was not modified by inbound policy.
valid
Path is valid.
redistributed
Path is locally sourced through redistribution.
aggregated
Path is locally sourced through aggregation.
local
Path is locally sourced through the network command.
confed
Path was received from a confederation peer.
best
Path is selected as best.
multipath
Path is one of multiple paths selected for load-sharing purposes.
dampinfo
Indicates dampening information:
Penalty—Current penalty for this path.
Flapped—Number of times the route has flapped.
In—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) since the network first flapped.
Reuse in—Time (hours:minutes:seconds) after which the path is available. This field is displayed only if the path is currently suppressed.
Attributes after inbound policy was applied
Displays attributes associated with the received route, after any inbound policy has been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
ORG—Origin attribute is present.
origin
Origin of the path:
IGP—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was sourced by BGP using a network or aggregate-address command.
EGP—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol.
incomplete—Origin of the path is not clear; in example, a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
neighbor as
First autonomous system (AS) number in the AS path.
aggregator
Indicates that the path was received with the aggregator attribute. The AS number and router-id of the system that performed the aggregation are shown.
metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the MED metric.
localpref
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system
aspath
AS path associated with the route.
community
Community attributes associated with the path. Community values are displayed in AA:NN format, except for the following well-known communities:
Local-AS—Community with value 4294901812. Routes with this community value are not advertised outside the local autonomous system or confederation boundary.
no-advertise—Community with value 4294901813. Routes with this community value are not advertised to any BGP peers.
no-export—Community with value 4294901814. Routes with this community are not advertised to external BGP peers, even if those peers are in the same confederation as the local router.
Extended community
Extended community attributes associated with the path. For known extended community types, the following codes may be displayed:
RT—Route target community
SoO—Site of Origin community
LB—Link Bandwidth community
Originator
Router ID of the originating router when route reflection is used.
Cluster lists
Router ID or cluster ID of all route reflectors through which the route has passed.
Attributes after outbound policy was applied
Displays attributes associated with the received route, after any outbound policy has been applied.
AGG—Aggregator attribute is present.
AS—AS path attribute is present.
ATOM—Atomic aggregate attribute is present.
COMM—Communities attribute is present.
EXTCOMM—Extended communities attribute is present.
LOCAL—Local preference attribute is present.
MET—Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) attribute is present.
next hop—IP address of the next system used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
ORG—Origin attribute is present.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Applies an inbound or outbound routing policy to a neighbor.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays routes advertised to neighbors.
Displays information about the TCP and BGP connections to neighbors.
Displays BGP information about networks that match an outbound route policy.
show bgp process
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) process information, use the show bgp process command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 | { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } | ipv6 | { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast } | all | { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel } | vpnv4 unicast | vpvn6 unicast ] process [ performance-statistics ] [ detail ] [ standby ]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies the unicast subaddress family.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies the multicast subaddress family.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
performance- statistics
(Optional) Displays performance statistics relative to the work done by the specified process.
detail
(Optional) Specifies detailed process information.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The labeled-unicast keyword was added.
Release 3.4.0
The vpnv4 unicast keywords were added.
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte autonomous system numbers notation was supported. The input parameters and output were modified to display 4-byte autonomous system numbers and extended communities in either asplain or asdot notations.
Release 4.0
Output was modified to include information from BGP additional paths send and receive capability configurations.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Use the show bgp process command to display status and summary information for the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) process. The output shows various global and address family-specific BGP configurations. A summary of the number of neighbors, update messages, and notification messages sent and received by the process is also displayed.
Use the detail keyword to display detailed process information. The detailed process information shows the memory used by each of various internal structure types.
Use the performance-statistics keyword to display a summary or detail of work done by the BGP processes. The summary display shows the real time spent performing certain operations and the time stamps for state transitions during initial convergence.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp process command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process BGP Process Information BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode Autonomous System: 1 Router ID: 10.0.0.5 (manually configured) Cluster ID: 10.0.0.5 Fast external fallover enabled Neighbor logging is enabled Enforce first AS enabled Default local preference: 100 Default keepalive: 60 Update delay: 120 Generic scan interval: 60 Address family: IPv4 Unicast Dampening is enabled Client reflection is enabled Scan interval: 60 Main Table Version: 150 IGP notification: IGPs notified Node Process Nbrs Estab Rst Upd-Rcvd Upd-Sent Nfn-Rcvd Nfn-Sent node0_0_CPU0 Speaker 3 2 1 20 10 0 0
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 28 show bgp process Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP is operating in
Indicates BGP is operating in standalone mode. This is the only supported mode.
Autonomous System
Autonomous system number for the local system.
Router ID
BGP identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using the bgp router-id command, “manually configured” is displayed. If the router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID. If no global ID is available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
Confederation ID
Confederation identifier for the local system.
Cluster ID
Cluster identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using the bgp cluster-id command, “manually configured” is displayed.
Default metric
Default metric. This is controlled by the default-metric command.
Fast external fallover enabled
Indicates whether fast external fallover is enabled. This is controlled by the bgp fast-external-fallover disable command.
Neighbor logging enabled
Indicates whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled. This is controlled by the bgp log neighbor changes disable command.
Enforce first AS enabled
Indicates that strict checking of the first AS number in paths received from external BGP peers is enabled. This is controlled by the bgp enforce-first-as disable command.
iBGP to IGP redistribution
Indicates internal redistribution is enabled using the bgp redistribution-internal command.
Treating missing MED as worst
Indicates missing Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric values are treated as worst in the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
Always compare MED is enabled
Indicates that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med always command.
AS Path ignore is enabled
Indicates that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
Comparing MED from confederation peers
Indicates that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med confed command.
Comparing router ID for eBGP paths
Indicates that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command.
Default local preference
Default local preference value used for BGP routes. This is controlled by the bgp default local-preference command.
Default keepalive
Default keepalive interval. This is controlled by the timers bgp command.
Graceful restart enabled
Indicates that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands affecting graceful restart behavior are:
Update delay
Maximum time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
Generic scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command.
Dampening
Indicates whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family. This is controlled by the dampening command.
Client reflection
Indicates whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address family. This is controlled by the bgp client-to-client reflection disable command.
Scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command in address family configuration mode.
Main Table Version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
IGP notification
Indicates whether Interior Gateway Protocols (IGP) have been notified of BGP convergence for the specified address family.
Node
Node on which the process is executing.
Process
Type of BGP process.
Speaker
Speaker process. A speaker process is responsible for receiving, processing, and sending BGP messages to configured neighbors.
Nbrs
Number of neighbors for which the process is responsible.
Estab
Number of neighbors that have connections in the established state for this process.
Rst
Number of times this process was restarted.
Upd-Rcvd
Number of update messages received by the process.
Upd-Sent
Number of update messages sent by the process.
Nfn-Rcvd
Number of notification messages received by the process.
Nfn-Sent
Number of notification messages sent by the process.
The following is sample output from the show bgp process command with the detail keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp all all process detail BGP Process Information BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode Autonomous System: 1 Router ID: 10.0.0.5 (manually configured) Cluster ID: 10.0.0.5 Fast external fallover enabled Neighbor logging is enabled Enforce first AS enabled Default local preference: 100 Default keepalive: 60 Update delay: 120 Generic scan interval: 60 BGP Speaker process: 0, location node0_0_0 Neighbors: 3, established: 2 Sent Received Updates: 3 15 Notifications: 0 0 Number Memory Used Attributes: 12 1104 AS Paths: 10 400 Communities: 2 1080 Extended communities: 1 40 Route Reflector Entries: 0 0 Route-map Cache Entries: 0 0 Filter-list Cache Entries: 0 0 Next Hop Cache Entries: 2 80 Update messages queued: 0 Address family: IPv4 Unicast Dampening is enabled Client reflection is enabled Main Table Version: 12 IGP notification: IGPs notified State: normal mode. BGP Table Version: 12 Network Entries: 15, Soft Reconfig Entries: 0 Dampened Paths: 0, History Paths: 9 Allocated Freed Prefixes: 15 0 Paths: 19 0 Number Memory Used Prefixes: 15 1230 Paths: 19 760
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 29 show bgp process detail Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP is operating in
Indicates whether BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Autonomous System
Autonomous system number for the local system.
Router ID
BGP identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using the bgp router-id command, “manually configured” is displayed. If the router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID. If the global ID is not available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
Confederation ID
Confederation identifier for the local system.
Cluster ID
Cluster identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using the bgp cluster-id command, “manually configured” is displayed.
Default metric
Default metric.
Fast external fallover enabled
Indicates whether fast external fallover is enabled.
Neighbor logging enabled
Indicates whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled.
Enforce first AS enabled
Indicates that strict checking of the first autonomous system (AS) number in paths received from external BGP peers is enabled.
iBGP to IGP redistribution
Indicates internal redistribution is enabled using the bgp redistribution-internal command.
Treating missing MED as worst
Indicates missing MED metric values are treated as worst in the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
Always compare MED is enabled
Indicates that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med always command.
AS Path ignore is enabled
Indicates that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
Comparing MED from confederation peers
Indicates that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med confed command.
Comparing router ID for eBGP paths
Indicates that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command.
Default local preference
Default local preference value used for BGP routes.
Default keepalive
Default keepalive interval. This is controlled by the timers bgp command.
Graceful restart enabled
Indicates that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands affecting graceful restart behavior are:
Update delay
Maximum time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
Generic scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command.
BGP Speaker Process
Speaker process responsible for receiving, processing and sending BGP messages.
Node
Node on which the specified process is executing.
Neighbors
Number of neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
established
Number of neighbors that have connections in the established state for the specified process.
Updates
Number of update messages sent and received by the specified process.
Notifications
Number of notification messages sent and received by the specified process.
Attributes
Number of unique sets of attribute information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by the attribute information.
AS Paths
Number of unique autonomous system paths stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by the AS path information.
Communities
Number of unique sets of community information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
Extended communities
Number of unique sets of extended community information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
Route Reflector Entries
Number of unique sets of route reflector information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
Nexthop Entries
Number of entries and memory usage for cached next- hop information.
Update messages queued
Total number of update messages queued to be sent across all neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
Address family
Specified address family.
Dampening
Indicates whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family.
Client reflection
Indicates whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address family. This is controlled by the bgp client-to-client reflection disable command.
Scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command.
Main Table Version
Last version of the local BGP database for the specified address family that was injected into the main routing table.
IGP notification
Indicates whether IGPs have been notified of BGP convergence for the specified address family.
RIB has converged
Indicates whether the main routing table version has converged and the version at which it converged.
State
BGP system state for the specified address family and process. This may be one of the following:
read-only mode—Initial set of updates is being recovered. In this mode, route selection is not performed, routes are not installed in the global RIB, and updates are not advertised to peers.
best-path calculation mode—Route selection is being performed for the routes that were received while in read-only mode.
import mode—Routes are imported from one VRF to another VRF once the best paths are calculated. This mode is supported in VPNv4 unicast address family mode.
RIB update mode—Routes that were selected in best-path calculation mode are being installed in the global RIB.
label allocation mode: Labels are allocated for the received prefixes based on the requirement.
normal mode—Best paths are sent to the peers for routes that exist in the RIB. The route selection, import processing, RIB updates, and label allocation are performed as new updates are received.
BGP Table Version
Last version used in the BGP database for received routes.
Attribute download
Indicates whether the RIB attribute download is enabled.
Network Entries
Number of sets of prefix information held in the specified BGP process for the specified address family.
Soft Reconfig Entries
Number of sets of prefix information that are present only for the purpose of supporting soft reconfiguration.
Dampened Paths
Number of routes that are suppressed due to dampening for the specified address family.
History Paths
Number of routes that are currently withdrawn, but are being maintained to preserve dampening information.
Prefixes (Allocated/Freed)
Number of sets of prefix information for the specified address family that have been allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
Paths (Allocated/Freed)
Number of sets of route information for the specified address family that have been allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
Prefixes (Number/Memory Used)
Number of sets of prefix information currently allocated for the specified address family, and the amount of memory used by them.
Paths (Number/Memory Used)
Number of sets of route information currently allocated for the specified address family, and the amount of memory used by them.
The following is sample output from the show bgp process command with the performance-statistics keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process performance-statistics detail BGP Speaker process: 0, Node: node0_0_CPU0 Restart count: 2 Neighbors: 3, established: 2 Sent Received Updates: 20 20 Notifications: 0 0 Number Memory Used Attributes: 2 184 AS Paths: 2 48 Communities: 0 0 Extended communities: 0 0 Route Reflector Entries: 0 0 Route-map Cache Entries: 0 0 Filter-list Cache Entries: 0 0 Next Hop Cache Entries: 2 80 Update messages queued: 0 Read 14 messages (1142 bytes) in 12 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs) Read throttled 0 times Processed 14 inbound messages (time spent: 0.132 secs) Wrote 2186 bytes in 24 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs) Processing write list: wrote 18 messages in 4 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs) Processing write queue: wrote 10 messages in 20 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs) Socket setup (LPTS): 4 calls (time spent: 0.010 secs) Configuration: 1 requests (time spent: 0.002 secs) Operational data: 9 requests (time spent: 0.026 secs) State: normal mode. BGP Table Version: 150 Network Entries: 149, Soft Reconfig Entries: 0 Allocated Freed Prefixes: 149 0 Paths: 200 0 Number Memory Used Prefixes: 149 12516 Paths: 200 8000 Updates generated: 149 prefixes in 8 messages from 2 calls (time spent: 0.046 secs) Scanner: 2 scanner runs (time spent: 0.008 secs) RIB update: 1 rib update runs, 149 prefixes installed (time spent: 0.024 secs) Process has converged for IPv4 Unicast. First neighbor established: 1082604050s Entered DO_BESTPATH mode: 1082604055s Entered DO_RIBUPD mode: 1082604055s Entered Normal mode: 1082604055s Latest UPDATE sent: 1082604056s
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 30 show bgp process performance-statistics Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP is operating in
Indicates whether BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Autonomous system
Autonomous system number for the local system.
Router ID
BGP identifier assigned to the local system. If this is explicitly configured using the bgp router-id command, “manually configured” is displayed. If the router ID is not manually configured, it is determined from a global router ID. If the global ID is not available, the router ID is shown as 0.0.0.0.
Confederation ID
Confederation identifier for the local system.
Cluster ID
The cluster identifier for the local system. If this is manually configured using the bgp cluster-id command, “manually configured” is displayed.
Default metric
Default metric.
Fast external fallover enabled
Indicates whether fast external fallover is enabled.
Neighbor logging enabled
Indicates whether logging of peer connection up and down transitions is enabled. This is controlled by the bgp log neighbor changes disable command.
Enforce first AS enabled
Indicates that strict checking of the first AS number in paths received from external BGP peers is enabled.
iBGP to IGP redistribution
Indicates internal redistribution is enabled using the bgp redistribution-internal command.
Treating missing MED as worst
Indicates missing MED metric values are treated as worst in the route selection algorithm. This is controlled using the bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst command.
Always compare MED is enabled
Indicates that the MED is always used during the route selection algorithm, even when paths are received from external BGP neighbors in different autonomous systems. This setting is controlled by the bgp bestpath med always command.
AS Path ignore is enabled
Indicates that the AS path length is ignored by the route selection algorithm. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath as-path ignore command.
Comparing MED from confederation peers
Indicates that the MED values are used in the route selection algorithm when comparing routes received from confederation peers. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath med confed command.
Comparing router ID for eBGP paths
Indicates that the router ID is used as a tiebreaker by the route selection algorithm when comparing identical routes received from different external BGP neighbors. This is controlled by the bgp bestpath compare-routerid command.
Default local preference
Default local preference value used for BGP routes.
Default keepalive
Default keepalive interval. This setting is controlled by the timers bgp command.
Graceful restart enabled
Indicates that the graceful restart capability is enabled. The configuration commands affecting graceful restart behavior are: bgp graceful-restart, bgp graceful-restart purge-time, bgp graceful-restart stalepath-time, bgp graceful-restart restart-time, and bgp graceful-restart graceful-reset.
Update delay
Maximum time that a BGP process stays in read-only mode.
Generic scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for address family-independent tasks. This setting is controlled by the bgp scan-time command in router configuration mode.
Address family
Specified address family.
Dampening
Indicates whether dampening is enabled for the specified address family.
Client reflection
Indicates whether client-to-client route reflection is enabled for the specified address family. This is controlled by the bgp client-to-client reflection disable command.
Scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between BGP scans for the given address family. This is controlled by the bgp scan-time command.
Main Table Version
Last version of the local BGP database for the specified address family that was injected into the main routing table.
IGP notification
Indicates whether IGPs have been notified of BGP convergence for the specified address family.
Node
Node on which the process is executing.
Process
BGP process.
Speaker
Speaker process. The speaker process is responsible for receiving, processing and sending BGP messages.
Read
Real time (in seconds) spent reading messages from peers by this process.
Write
Real time (in seconds) spent writing messages to peers by this process.
Inbound
The real time (in seconds) spent processing messages read from peers by this process.
Config
Real time (in seconds) spent processing configuration commands by this process.
Data
Real time (in seconds) spent providing operational data by this process.
Conv
Indicates whether the process has converged after the initial update.
Nbr Estab
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time when the first neighbor became established.
Bestpath
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time the best-path calculation mode was entered.
RIB Inst
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time RIB update mode was entered.
Read/Write
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time normal mode was entered.
Last Upd
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time the last update was sent to a neighbor.
Address Family IPv4 Unicast converged in n seconds
Indicates that BGP has reached initial convergence for the IPv4 unicast address family. The time taken for convergence is shown.
Address Family IPv6 Multicast converged in n seconds
Indicates that BGP has reached initial convergence for the IPv6 multicast address family. The time taken for convergence is shown.
The following is sample output from the show bgp process command with the performance-statistics and detail keywords:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp process performance-statistics detail BGP Speaker process: 0, Node: node0_0_CPU0 Restart count: 2 Neighbors: 3, established: 2 Sent Received Updates: 20 20 Notifications: 0 0 Number Memory Used Attributes: 2 184 AS Paths: 2 48 Communities: 0 0 Extended communities: 0 0 Route Reflector Entries: 0 0 Route-map Cache Entries: 0 0 Filter-list Cache Entries: 0 0 Next Hop Cache Entries: 2 80 Update messages queued: 0 Read 14 messages (1142 bytes) in 12 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs) Read throttled 0 times Processed 14 inbound messages (time spent: 0.132 secs) Wrote 2186 bytes in 24 calls (time spent: 0.024 secs) Processing write list: wrote 18 messages in 4 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs) Processing write queue: wrote 10 messages in 20 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs) Socket setup (LPTS): 4 calls (time spent: 0.010 secs) Configuration: 1 requests (time spent: 0.002 secs) Operational data: 9 requests (time spent: 0.026 secs) State: normal mode. BGP Table Version: 150 Network Entries: 149, Soft Reconfig Entries: 0 Allocated Freed Prefixes: 149 0 Paths: 200 0 Number Memory Used Prefixes: 149 12516 Paths: 200 8000 Updates generated: 149 prefixes in 8 messages from 2 calls (time spent: 0.046 secs) Scanner: 2 scanner runs (time spent: 0.008 secs) RIB update: 1 rib update runs, 149 prefixes installed (time spent: 0.024 secs) Process has converged for IPv4 Unicast. First neighbor established: 1082604050s Entered DO_BESTPATH mode: 1082604055s Entered DO_RIBUPD mode: 1082604055s Entered Normal mode: 1082604055s Latest UPDATE sent: 1082604056s
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 31 show bgp process performance-statistics detail Field DescriptionsField
Description
Process
The specified process.
Location
Node in which the specified process is executing.
Neighbors
Number of neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
established
Number of neighbors that have connections in the established state for the specified process.
Updates
Number of update messages sent and received by the specified process.
Notifications
Number of notification messages sent and received by the specified process.
Attributes
Number of unique sets of attribute information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by the attribute information.
AS Paths
Number of unique autonomous system paths stored in the specified process, and the amount of memory used by the AS path information.
Communities
Number of unique sets of community information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
Extended communities
Number of unique sets of extended community information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
Route Reflector Entries
Number of unique sets of route reflector information stored in the specified process and the amount of memory used by them.
Route-map Cache Entries
Number of entries and memory usage for cached results for applying a route map.
Filter-list Cache Entries
Number of entries and memory usage for cached results for applying an AS path filter list.
Next Hop Cache Entries
Number of entries and memory usage for cached next-hop information.
Update messages queued
Number of update messages queued to be sent across all neighbors for which the specified process is responsible.
Read
Indicates the number of messages read by the process, the total size of read messages, the number of read operations performed, and the real time spent by the process performing read operations.
Read throttled
Number of times that reading from TCP has been throttled due to a backlog of messages read but not processed.
inbound messages
Number of read messages that have been processed and the real time spent processing inbound messages.
Wrote
Amount of data that has been written by the process, the number of write operations performed, and the real time spent by the process performing write operations.
Processing write list
Number of messages written from write lists, the number of times the write list has been processed, and the real time spent processing the write list.
Note Write lists typically contain only update messages.
Processing write queue
Number of messages written from write queues, number of times the write queue has been processed, and the real time spent processing the write queue.
Socket setup
Number of socket setup operations performed and the real time spent during socket setup operations.
Configuration
Number of configuration requests received by the process and the real time spent processing configuration requests.
Operational data
Number of requests for operational data (for show commands) received by the process and the real time spent processing operation data requests
State
BGP system state for the specified address family and process. This may be one of the following:
read-only mode—Initial set of updates is being recovered. In this mode, route selection is not performed, routes are not installed in the global RIB, and updates are not advertised to peers.
best-path calculation mode—Route selection is being performed for the routes that were received while in read-only mode.
import mode—Routes are imported from one VRF to another VRF once the best paths are calculated. This mode is supported in VPNv4 unicast address family mode.
RIB update mode—Routes that were selected in best-path calculation mode are being installed in the global RIB.
label allocation mode: Labels are allocated for the received prefixes based on the requirement.
normal mode—Best paths are sent to the peers for routes that exist in the RIB. The route selection, import processing, RIB updates, and label allocation are performed as new updates are received.
BGP Table Version
Last version used in the BGP database for received routes.
Network Entries
Number of sets of prefix information held in the specified BGP process for the specified address family.
Soft Reconfig Entries
Number of sets of prefix information that are present only for the purpose of supporting soft reconfiguration.
Dampened Paths
Number of routes that are suppressed due to dampening for the specified address family.
History Paths
Number of routes that are currently withdrawn, but are being maintained to preserve dampening information.
Prefixes (Allocated/Freed)
Number of sets of prefix information for the specified address family that have been allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
Paths (Allocated/Freed)
Number of sets of route information for the specified address family that have been allocated and freed during the lifetime of the process.
Prefixes (Number/Memory Used)
Number of sets of prefix information currently allocated for the specified address family and amount of memory used by them.
Paths (Number/Memory Used)
Number of sets of route information currently allocated for the specified address family and amount of memory used by them.
Updates generated
Number of prefixes for which updates have been generated, the number of messages used to advertise the updates, the number of update generation runs performed, and the real time spent generating updates for the specified address family.
Scanner
Number of times the scanner has run for the specified address family and real time spent in scanner processing.
RIB Update
Number of global routing information base update runs performed for the specified address family, number of prefixes installed, withdrawn, or modified in the global RIB during these runs, and real time spent performing these runs.
Process has converged
Indicates whether the process has reached initial convergence for the specified address family.
First neighbor established
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time the first neighbor in the process was established.
Entered DO_BESTPATH mode
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time best-path calculation mode was entered.
Entered DO_RIBUPD mode
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time RIB update mode was entered.
Entered Normal mode
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time normal mode was entered.
Last UPDATE sent
Time stamp (in seconds) recording the time the last update was sent to a neighbor.
The following is sample output from the show bgp vpnv4 unicast process performance-statistics detail command:RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vpnv4 unicast process performance-statistics detail BGP Speaker process: 0, Node: node0_8_CPU0 Restart count: 1 Total Nbrs Estab/Cfg Default VRFs: 1 4/12 Non-Default VRFs: 1009 1082/1337 Sent Received Updates: 362259 5688505 Notifications: 14 0 Number Memory Used Attributes: 14896 2979200 AS Paths: 17 1100 Communities: 3 120 Extended communities: 1849 124440 Route Reflector Entries: 417 25020 Nexthop Entries: 2941 539572 Update messages queued: 0 Alloc Free Pool 210: 28955629 28955628 Pool 310: 363103 363103 Pool 600: 4931162 4931162 Pool 1100: 104693 104693 Pool 4300: 799374 799374 Read 34755745 messages (3542094326 bytes) in 30528983 calls (time spent: 6427.769 secs) Read partly throttled 1506 times Read 14 times after crossing lower threshold Processed 5836892 inbound update messages (time spent: 6229.512 secs) Wrote 825719955 bytes in 29272669 calls (time spent: 2318.472 secs) Processing sub-group: wrote 861402 messages in 1113810 calls (time spent: 145.446 secs) Processing write queue: wrote 6288 messages in 20498 calls (time spent: 0.039 secs) Socket setup (LPTS): 0 calls (time spent: 0.000 secs) event_file_attach calls: Input 8769, Output 2810, Input-output 0 Configuration: 989 requests (time spent: 0.046 secs) Operational data: 92396 requests (time spent: 98.864 secs) Current Clock Time: not set Update Generation master timer: id: 0, time left: 0.0 sec, last processed: not set expiry time of parent node: not set IO master timer: id: 0, time left: 0.0 sec, last processed: not set expiry time of parent node: not set Address Family: VPNv4 Unicast State: Normal mode. BGP Table Version: 23211188 Attribute download: Disabled Soft Reconfig Entries: 0 Last 8 Triggers Ver Tbl Ver Label Thread Jun 18 05:31:39.120 23211188 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:35.274 23211188 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.340 23211187 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.189 23211186 23211187 Jun 18 05:31:29.120 23211186 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:28.861 23211186 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:19.640 23211186 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:19.272 23211186 23211186 Total triggers: 639526 Import Thread Jun 18 05:31:39.120 23211188 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:35.274 23211188 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.340 23211187 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.189 23211186 23211187 Jun 18 05:31:29.120 23211186 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:28.861 23211186 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:19.640 23211186 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:19.272 23211186 23211186 Total triggers: 689177 RIB Thread Jun 18 05:31:39.146 23211188 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:35.299 23211188 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.525 23211187 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.494 23211186 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.340 23211186 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.255 23211186 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:29.146 23211186 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:28.886 23211186 23211186 Total triggers: 668084 Update Thread Jun 18 05:31:39.171 --- 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:35.324 --- 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.558 --- 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.521 --- 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:34.327 --- 23211188 Jun 18 05:31:29.170 --- 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:28.910 --- 23211186 Jun 18 05:31:19.690 --- 23211186 Total triggers: 660143 Allocated Freed Remote Prefixes: 3150972 2885064 Remote Paths: 7639074 7118286 Local Prefixes: 3760870 3425614 Local Paths: 7892100 7595657 Number Mem Used Remote Prefixes: 265908 29781696 Remote Paths: 520788 24997824 Remote RDs: 12424 2832672 Local Prefixes: 335256 37548672 Local Paths: 296443 14229264 Local RDs: 1009 230052 Total Prefixes: 601164 67330368 Total Paths: 817231 39227088 Imported Paths: 265675 12752400 Total RDs: 13433 3062724 Same RDs: 0 0 Update Groups: 3 Subgroups: 2 Updates generated: 1438448 prefixes in 67375 messages from 181564 calls (time spent: 6779.576 secs) Scanner: 0 scanner runs (time spent: 0.000 secs) RIB update: 0 rib update runs, 0 prefixes installed, 0 modified, 0 prefixes removed (time spent: 0.000 secs) RIB table update: 0 table deletes, 0 table invalid, 3526736604 table skip, 0 no local label, 0 rib retries Process has not converged for VPNv4 Unicast. First neighbor established: Jun 11 08:32:10 Entered DO_BESTPATH mode: Jun 11 08:52:10 Entered DO_IMPORT mode: Jun 11 08:52:12 Entered DO_LABEL_ALLOC mode: Jun 11 08:52:16 Entered DO_RIBUPD mode: Jun 11 08:52:19 Entered Normal mode: Jun 11 08:52:23 Latest UPDATE sent: Jun 18 05:31:34The following is sample output from show bgp process detail command with information on additional paths send and receive information:BGP Process Information: BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode Autonomous System number format: ASDOT Autonomous System: 100 Router ID: 22.22.22.22 (manually configured) Default Cluster ID: 2.2.2.2 (manually configured) Active Cluster IDs: 2.2.2.2 Fast external fallover enabled Neighbor logging is enabled Enforce first AS enabled AS Path multipath-relax is enabled Default local preference: 100 Default keepalive: 60 Graceful restart enabled Restart time: 120 Stale path timeout time: 360 RIB purge timeout time: 600 Non-stop routing is enabled Update delay: 120 Generic scan interval: 60 …… …… Allocated Freed Prefixes: 12 0 Paths: 60 0 Path-elems: 12 0 Number Mem Used Prefixes: 12 1200 Paths: 60 3120 Path-elems: 12 624Related Commands
Command
Description
Sets the autonomous system path length to ignore when calculating preferred paths.
Compare identical routes received from external BGP (eBGP) peers during the best-path selection process and select the route with the lowest router ID.
Compare the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) for paths from neighbors in different autonomous systems.
Assume paths with no MED attribute have the most undesirable MED value possible when performing path selection.
Enables reflection of routes between route reflector clients using a BGP route reflector.
Configure the cluster ID if the BGP cluster has more than one route reflector.
Sets the default local preference value.
Allows the redistribution of iBGP routes into an IGP such as Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) or Open Shortest Path First (OSPF).
Configures a fixed router ID for a BGP-speaking router.
Sets default metric values for the BGP.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Configures scanning intervals.
Sets default BGP timers.
show bgp regexp
To display routes matching the autonomous system path regular expression, use theshow bgp regexp command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
regular-expression
Regular expression to match the BGP autonomous system paths.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each configured address family and subaddress family combination. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined in turn.
Use the show bgp regexp command to display all routes in the specified BGP table whose autonomous system path is matched by the specified regular expression.
Note
If the regular expression contains spaces and parentheses, it must be specified and surrounded by quotation marks.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp regexp command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp regexp "^3 " BGP router identifier 10.0.0.5, local AS number 1 BGP main routing table version 64 BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *>i172.20.17.121 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 2000 3000 i *>i10.0.0.0 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 100 1000 i *>i172.5.23.0/24 10.0.101.2 100 0 3 4 60 4378 i
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 32 show bgp regexp Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is placed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP address of a network entity.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
Metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
Weight
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
Related Commands
Command
Description
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
Displays BGP information about networks that match an outbound route policy.
show bgp route-policy
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information about networks that match an outbound route policy, use the show bgp route-policy command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
route-policy-name
Name of a route policy.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The count-only keyword was added.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.4.0
The count-only keyword was removed.
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined.
A route policy must be configured to use this command. When the show bgp route-policy command is entered, routes in the specified BGP table are compared with the specified route policy, and all routes passed by the route policy are displayed.
If a pass clause is encountered while the route policy is being applied to the route and the route policy processing completes without hitting a drop clause, the route is displayed. The route is not displayed if a drop clause is encountered, if the route policy processing completes without hitting a pass clause, or if the specified route policy does not exist.
The information displayed does not reflect modifications the policy might make to the route. To display such modifications, use the show bgp policy command.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp route-policy command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp route-policy p1 BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820 BGP main routing table version 729 Dampening enabled BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path * 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ? * 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 33 show bgp route-policy Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
Metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
Weight
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Configures an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor
route-policy
Configures a route policy.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays advertisements under a proposed policy.
show bgp session-group
To display information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) configuration for session groups, use the show bgp session-group command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
group-name
Name of the session family group to display.
configuration
(Optional) Displays the effective configuration for the session group, including any inherited configuration.
defaults
(Optional) Displays all configuration, including default configuration.
nvgen
(Optional) Displays output in the form of the show running-config command.
If the defaults keyword also is specified, the output is not suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
inheritance
(Optional) Displays the session groups from which this session group inherits configuration.
users
(Optional) Display the session groups, neighbor groups, and neighbors that inherit configuration from this session group.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the show bgp session-group command with the group-name configuration argument and keyword to display the effective configuration of a session group, including any configuration inherited from other session groups through application of the use command. The source for each configured command is also displayed.
Use the defaults keyword to display the value of all configuration, including default configuration. Use the nvgen keyword to display configuration in the form of the show running-config command output. Output in this form is suitable for cutting and pasting into a configuration session.
Use the show bgp session-group command with the group-name inheritance argument and keyword to display the session groups from which the specified session group inherits configuration.
Use the show bgp session-group command with the group-name users argument and keyword to display the neighbors, neighbor groups, and session groups that inherit configuration from the specified session group.
Task ID
Examples
For the example shown here, the following configuration is used:
session-group group3 advertisement-interval 5 dmzlink-bw ! session-group group1 use session-group group2 update-source Loopback0 ! session-group group2 use session-group group3 ebgp-multihop 2The following example shows the show bgp session-group command with the configuration keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp session-group group1 configuration session-group group1 advertisement-interval 5[s:group2 s:group3] ebgp-multihop 2 [s:group2] update-source Loopback0 [] dmzlink-bandwidth [s:group2 s:group3]The source of each command is shown to the right of the command. For example, update-source is configured directly on session group group1. The dmzlink-bandwidth command is inherited from session group group2, which in turn inherits it from session group group3.
The following example shows the show bgp session-group command with the users keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp session-group group2 users IPv4 Unicast:a:group1The following example shows the show bgp session-group command with the inheritance keyword.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp session-group group1 inheritance Session:s:group2 s:group3The command output shows that the session group group1 directly uses the group2 session group. The group2 session group uses the group3 session group.
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 34 show bgp session-group Field DescriptionsField
Description
[ ]
Configures the command directly on the specified session group.
s:
Indicates the name that follows is a session group.
a:
Indicates the name that follows is an address family group.
n:
Indicates the name that follows is a neighbor group.
[dflt]
Indicates the command is not explicitly configured or inherited, and the default value for the command is used. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
<not set>
Indicates that the default is for the command to be disabled. This field may be shown when the defaults keyword is specified.
show bgp sessions
Syntax Description
not-established
(Optional) Displays all the neighbors that are not in established state
not-nsr-ready
(Optional) Displays all the neighbors that are not nonstop routing (NSR) ready.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The show bgp sessions command without a keyword provides brief information about all the BGP neighbors configured irrespective of the address family or VRF.
The show bgp sessions command with the not-established keyword shows BGP peers which are yet to establish their peering relationship.
The show bgp sessions command with the and not-nsr-ready keyword shows BGP peers which are yet to reach the nsr ready state.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp sessions command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp sessions Thu Jan 15 17:41:45.277 UTC Neighbor VRF Spk AS InQ OutQ NBRState NSRState 2.2.2.2 default 0 1 0 0 Active None 10.0.101.1 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.2 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.3 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.4 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.5 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.6 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.7 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.8 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.9 default 0 1 0 0 Established NSR Ready 10.11.12.2 default 0 100 0 0 Established NSR Ready 90.0.0.2 900 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9000::1001 900 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 91.0.0.2 901 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9100::1001 901 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 92.0.0.2 902 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9200::1001 902 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 93.0.0.2 903 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9300::1001 903 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 94.0.0.2 904 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9400::1001 904 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 95.0.0.2 905 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9500::1001 905 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 96.0.0.2 906 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9600::1001 906 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 97.0.0.2 907 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9700::1001 907 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 98.0.0.2 908 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 9800::1001 908 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 99.0.0.2 909 0 2 0 0 Idle None 9900::1001 909 0 2 0 0 Idle None 12.13.14.16 red 0 2 0 0 Idle None 20.0.101.1 red 0 2 0 0 Active None 1234:5678:9876::1111 red 0 3 0 0 Idle None 2020::1002 red 0 2 0 0 Established NSR Ready 1.2.3.4 this-is-a-long-vrf-name 0 5 0 0 Idle None 1111:2222:3333:4444:5555::6789 this-is-a-long-vrf-name 0 7 0 0 Idle NoneThe following is sample output from the show bgp sessions command with the not-established keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp sessions not-established Fri Jan 30 11:30:42.720 PST PDT Neighbor VRF Spk AS InQ OutQ NBRState NSRState 10.0.101.5 default 0 100 0 0 Active None 2.2.2.2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 2.101.1.2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 2.102.1.2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 2.103.1.2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 4.4.4.2 vrf1_1 0 304 0 0 Idle None 2008:2:2:2::2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 11.16.1.2 vrf2_1 0 302 0 0 Idle NoneThe following is sample output from the show bgp sessions command with the not-nsr-ready keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp sessions not-nsr-ready Fri Jan 30 11:30:52.301 PST PDT Neighbor VRF Spk AS InQ OutQ NBRState NSRState 10.0.101.5 default 0 100 0 0 Active None 2.2.2.2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 2.101.1.2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 2.102.1.2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 2.103.1.2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 4.4.4.2 vrf1_1 0 304 0 0 Idle None 2008:2:2:2::2 vrf1_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None 11.16.1.2 vrf2_1 0 302 0 0 Idle None
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 35 show bgp sessions Field DescriptionsField
Description
Neighbor
Displays neighbor IP address.
VRF
Displays information about the VRF.
Spk
Speaker process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
AS
Autonomous system.
InQ
Number of messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
OutQ
Number of messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
NBRState
State of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor sessions.
NSRState
State of the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) nonstop routing (NSR).
show bgp summary
To display the status of all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) connections, use the show bgp summary command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } | ipv6 { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast } | all { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel } | vpnv4 unicast | vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] | vpvn6 unicast ] summary [standby]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported. The input parameters and output were modified to display 4-byte autonomous system numbers and extended communities in either asplain or asdot notations.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Use the show bgp summary command to display a summary of the neighbors for which the specified address family and subaddress family are enabled. If the neighbor does not have the specified address family and subaddress family enabled, it is not included in the output of the show command. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, a summary for each combination of address family and subaddress family is displayed in turn.
The table versions shown in the output (RcvTblVer, bRIB/RIB, SendTblVer, and TblVer) are specific to the specified address family and subaddress family. All other information is global.
The table versions provide an indication of whether BGP is up to date with all work for the specified address family and subaddress family.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp summary command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router#show bgp summary BGP router identifier 10.0.0.0, local AS number 2 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs BGP table state: Active Table ID: 0xe0000000 BGP main routing table version 1 BGP scan interval 60 secs BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode. Process RecvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer Speaker 1 0 1 1 0 Neighbor Spk AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down St/PfxRcd 10.0.101.0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle 10.0.101.1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 36 show bgp summary Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
IP address of the router.
local AS number
Autonomous system number set by the router bgp command.
BGP generic scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP table state
State of the BGP database.
Table ID
BGP database identifier.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
BGP is operating in
Specifies BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Process
BGP process.
RecvTblVer
Last version used in the BGP database for received routes.
bRIB/RIB
Last version of the local BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
LabelVer
Label version used in the BGP database for label allocation.
ImportVer
Last version of the local BGP database for importing routes.
SendTblVer
Latest version of the local BGP database that is ready to be advertised to neighbors.
Some configured eBGP neighbors do not have any policy
Some external neighbors exist that do not have both an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, using the route-policy (BGP) command. In this case, no prefixes are accepted and advertised to those neighbors.
Neighbor
IP address of a neighbor.
Spr
Speaker process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
AS
Autonomous system.
MsgRcvd
Number of BGP messages received from a neighbor.
MsgSent
Number of BGP messages sent to a neighbor.
TblVer
Last version of the BGP database that was sent to a neighbor.
InQ
Number of messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
OutQ
Number of messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
Up/Down
Length of time in (hh:mm:ss) that the BGP session has been in Established state, or the time since the session left Established state, if it is not established.
St/PfxRcd
If the BGP session is not established, the current state of the session. If the session is established, the number of prefixes the router has received from the neighbor.
If the number of prefixes received exceeds the maximum allowed (as set by the maximum-prefix command), “(PfxRcd)” appears.
If the connection has been shut down using the shutdown command, “(Admin)” appears.
If the neighbor is external and it does not have an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, an exclamation mark (!) is inserted at the end of the state when using the route-policy ( BGP ) command.
If the connection has been shut down due to out of memory (OOM), “(OOM)” appears.
Related Commands
show bgp summary nsr
To display the summary of Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor state and nonstop routing (NSR) state information, use the show bgp summary nsr command in EXEC mode.
show bgp summary [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } | ipv6 { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast } | all { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel } | vpnv4 unicast | vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] | vpvn6 unicast ] nsr [standby]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
standby
Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp summary nsr command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp summary nsr BGP router identifier 10.1.0.1, local AS number 100 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs Non-stop routing is enabled BGP table state: Active Table ID: 0xe0000000 BGP main routing table version 13037 BGP NSR Initial initsync version 11034 (Reached) BGP scan interval 60 secs BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode. node0_1_CPU0 Speaker Entered mode Standby Ready : Feb 3 14:22:00 Entered mode TCP NSR Setup : Feb 3 14:22:00 Entered mode TCP NSR Setup Done : Feb 3 14:22:01 Entered mode TCP Initial Sync : Feb 3 14:22:01 Entered mode TCP Initial Sync Done : Feb 3 14:22:44 Entered mode FPBSN processing done : Feb 3 14:22:44 Entered mode Update processing done : Feb 3 14:22:44 Entered mode BGP Initial Sync : Feb 3 14:22:44 Entered mode BGP Initial Sync done : Feb 3 14:22:49 Entered mode NSR Ready : Feb 3 14:22:49 Current BGP NSR state - NSR Ready achieved at: Feb 3 14:22:49 NSR State READY notified to Redcon at: Feb 4 07:44:43 Process RcvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer StandbyVer Speaker 13037 13037 13037 13037 13037 13037 Neighbor Spk AS TblVer SyncVer AckVer NBRState NSRState 2.2.2.2 0 302 13037 13037 13037 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.5 0 100 13037 13037 13037 Established NSR ReadyThe following example shows sample output from the show bgp summary nsr command with the standby keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp summary nsr standby BGP router identifier 10.1.0.1, local AS number 100 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs Non-stop routing is enabled BGP table state: Active Table ID: 0xe0000000 BGP main routing table version 13037 BGP NSR Initial initsync version 0 (Not Reached) BGP scan interval 60 secs BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode. node0_0_CPU0 Speaker Entered mode Standby Ready : Feb 3 14:22:03 Entered mode TCP Replication : Feb 3 14:22:03 Entered mode TCP Init Sync Done : Feb 3 14:22:47 Entered mode NSR Ready : Feb 3 14:22:52 Process RcvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer StandbyVer Speaker 13037 0 0 13037 0 0 Neighbor Spk AS TblVer SyncVer AckVer NBRState NSRState 2.2.2.2 0 302 13037 0 1 Established NSR Ready 10.0.101.5 0 100 13037 0 1 Established NSR Ready
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 37 show bgp summary nsr Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
IP address of the router.
BGP generic scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
Non-stop routing
State of the Nonstop routing.
BGP table state
State of the BGP database.
Table ID
BGP database identifier.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
BGP is operating in
Specifies BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Entered mode
The successive transition of various states of TCP and BGP, leading to the NSR ready state.
Note This is used for monitoring and debugging purposes.
SyncVer
The version which has synced to standby for this neighbor.
AckVer
The version which the neighbor has acknowledge.
NBRState
State of the BGP neighbor.
NSRState
Neighbor NSR state.
show bgp table
show bgp table [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | tunnel | mdt } | ipv6 { unicast | multicast } | vpnv4 unicast | vpnv6 unicast ]
Syntax Description
ipv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast neighbors.
ipv4 multicast
(Optional) Specifies IPv4 multicast neighbors.
ipv4 tunnel
(Optional) Specifies IPv4 tunnel neighbors.
ipv4 mdt
(Optional) Specifies IPv4 multicast distribution tree (MDT) neighbors.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 (IPv6) unicast neighbors.
ipv6 multicast
(Optional) Specifies IPv6 multicast neighbors.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPN Version 4 (VPNv4) unicast neighbors.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPN Version 6 (VPNv6) unicast neighbors.
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The show bgp table command provides information about the BGP neighbors based on the global address family and independent of VRFs. Use the show bgp table command to get information about all BGP neighbors in different address families.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the bgp table vpnv4 unicast command in EXEC mode:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp table vpnv4 unicast Thu Jan 15 17:43:31.215 UTC Neighbor VRF Spk AS TblVer InQ OutQ St/PfxRcd 10.0.101.1 default 0 1 951 0 0 11 10.0.101.2 default 0 1 951 0 0 5 10.0.101.3 default 0 1 951 0 0 0 10.0.101.4 default 0 1 951 0 0 0 10.0.101.5 default 0 1 951 0 0 0 10.0.101.6 default 0 1 951 0 0 0 10.0.101.7 default 0 1 951 0 0 0 10.0.101.8 default 0 1 951 0 0 0 10.0.101.9 default 0 1 951 0 0 0 90.0.0.2 900 0 2 951 0 0 1 91.0.0.2 901 0 2 951 0 0 1 92.0.0.2 902 0 2 951 0 0 1 93.0.0.2 903 0 2 951 0 0 3 94.0.0.2 904 0 2 951 0 0 3 95.0.0.2 905 0 2 951 0 0 3 96.0.0.2 906 0 2 951 0 0 3 97.0.0.2 907 0 2 951 0 0 3 98.0.0.2 908 0 2 951 0 0 3 99.0.0.2 909 0 2 0 0 0 Idle 12.13.14.16 red 0 2 0 0 0 Idle 20.0.101.1 red 0 2 0 0 0 Active 1.2.3.4 this-is-a-long-vrf-name 0 5 0 0 0 Idle
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 38 show bgp table Field DescriptionsField
Description
Neighbor
IP address of a neighbor.
VRF
The VRF which each neighbor belongs to; either the default VRF or a specified VRF.
Spk
Speaker process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
AS
Autonomous system.
TblVer
Last version of the BGP database that was sent to a neighbor.
InQ
Number of messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
OutQ
Number of messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
St/PfxRcd
If the BGP session is not established, the current state of the session. If the session is established, the number of prefixes the router has received from the neighbor.
If the number of prefixes received exceeds the maximum allowed (as set by the maximum-prefix command), “(PfxRcd)” appears.
If the connection has been shut down using the shutdown command, “(Admin)” appears.
If the neighbor is external and it does not have an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, an exclamation mark (!) is inserted at the end of the state when using the route-policy (BGP) command.
If the connection has been shut down due to out of memory (OOM), “(OOM)” appears.
show bgp truncated-communities
To display routes in the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) routing table for which inbound policy or aggregation has exceeded the maximum number of communities that may be attached, use the show bgp truncated-communities command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 address prefixes.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For subaddress families, specifies prefixes for all subaddress families.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 address prefixes.
all
(Optional) For address family, specifies prefixes for all address families.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpvn6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.2
The count-only keyword was added
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and arguments were added:
Release 3.4.0
The count-only keyword was removed.
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast [ rd rd-address ] keywords and argument were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
BGP contains a separate routing table for each address family and subaddress family combination that has been configured. The address family and subaddress family options specify the routing table to be examined. If the all keyword is specified for the address family or subaddress family, each matching routing table is examined.
Use the show bgp truncated-communities command to display those routes in the specified BGP routing table in which the buffers used to store communities or extended communities have overflowed. An overflow occurs if an attempt is made to associate more communities or extended communities with the route than fits in a BGP update message. This can happen due to modification of communities or extended communities during aggregration or when inbound policy is applied.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp truncated-communities command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp truncated-communities BGP router identifier 172.20.1.1, local AS number 1820 BGP main routing table version 3042 BGP scan interval 60 secs Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path * 10.13.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 200 ? *> 10.16.0.0/16 192.168.40.24 0 1878 704 701 i
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 39 show bgp truncated-communities Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
BGP Identifier for the local system.
local AS number
Autonomous system number for the local system.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was installed into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening is enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
Status codes
Status of the table entry. The status is displayed as a three-character field at the beginning of each line in the table. The first character may be (in order of precedence):
S—Path is stale, indicating that a graceful restart is in progress with the peer from which the route was learned.
s—Path is more specific than a locally sourced aggregate route and has been suppressed.
*—Path is valid.
The second character may be (in order of precedence):
>—Path is the best path to use for that network.
d—Path is dampened.
h—Path is a history entry, representing a route that is currently withdrawn, but that is being maintained to preserve dampening information. Such routes should never be marked as valid.
The third character may be:
i—Path was learned by an internal BGP (iBGP) session.
Origin codes
Origin of the path. The origin code is displayed at the end of each line in the table. It can be one of the following values:
i—Path originated from an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and was advertised with a network or aggregate-address command.
e—Path originated from an Exterior Gateway Protocol (EGP).
?—Origin of the path is not clear. Usually, this is a route that is redistributed into BGP from an IGP.
Network
IP prefix and prefix length for a network.
Next Hop
IP address of the next system that is used when a packet is forwarded to the destination network. An entry of 0.0.0.0 indicates that the router has a non-BGP route to this network.
Metric
Value of the interautonomous system metric, otherwise known as the Multi Exit Discriminator (MED) metric.
LocPrf
Local preference value. This is used to determine the preferred exit point from the local autonomous system. It is propagated throughout the local autonomous system.
Weight
Path weight. Weight is used in choosing the preferred path to a route. It is not advertised to any neighbor.
Path
Autonomous system path to the destination network. At the end of the path is the origin code for the path.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Creates an aggregate entry in a BGP routing table.
Specifies a local network that the BGP routing process should originate and advertise to its neighbors.
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays entries in the BGP routing table.
show bgp update-group
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information for update groups, use the show bgp update-group command in EXEC mode.
show bgp [ ipv4 { unicast | multicast | labeled-unicast | all | tunnel | mdt } | ipv6 { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast } | all { unicast | multicast | all | labeled-unicast | mdt | tunnel } | vpnv4 unicast | vrf { vrf-name | all } [ ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] | vpnv6 unicast ] update-group [ neighbor ip-address | process-id .index [ summary | performance-statistics ] ] [standby]
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 update groups.
unicast
(Optional) Specifies unicast update groups.
multicast
(Optional) Specifies multicast update groups.
labeled-unicast
(Optional) Specifies labeled unicast address prefixes.
all
(Optional) Displays both unicast and multicast update groups.
tunnel
(Optional) Specifies tunnel address prefixes.
mdt
(Optional) Specifies multicast distribution tree (MDT) address prefixes.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 update groups.
all
(Optional) Displays both IP Version 4 and IP Version 6 update groups.
vpnv4 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv4 unicast address families.
rd rd-address
(Optional) Displays routes with a specific route distinguisher.
vrf
(Optional) Specifies VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance.
vrf-name
(Optional) Name of a VRF.
all
(Optional) For VRF, specifies all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv4 unicast or labeled-unicast address families.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) For VRF, specifies IPv6 unicast address families.
vpnv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies VPNv6 unicast address families.
neighbor ip-address
(Optional) Specifies information on an update group for a specific neighbor.
process-id.index
(Optional) Update group index. Process ID range is 0 to 254. Index range is 0 to 4294967295.
The process id.index argument is specified as follows: process ID (dot) index. In standalone mode, the process ID is always 0.
summary
(Optional) Specifies summary of update group members.
performance-statistics
(Optional) Specifies performance information about the updates generated for the update group.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command Default
If no address family or subaddress family is specified, the default address family and subaddress family specified using the set default-afi and set default-safi commands are used.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The following keywords and argument were added:
Release 3.5.0
The vpnv6 unicast keywords were added.
The tunnel and mdt keywords were supported under the ipv4 and all address families.
The labeled-unicast keyword was supported under the ipv6 and all address families.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported. The input parameters and output were modified to display 4-byte autonomous system numbers and extended communities in either asplain or asdot notations.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
The set default-afi command is used to specify the default address family for the session, and the set default-safi command is used to specify the default subaddress family for the session. See the Cisco IOS XR System Management Command Reference for the Cisco CRS Router for detailed information and syntax for the set default-afi and set default-safi commands. If you do not specify a default address family, the default address family is IPv4. If you do not specify a default subaddress family, the default subaddress family is unicast.
Every BGP neighbor is automatically assigned to an update group for each address family that is enabled on the neighbor. Neighbors that have similar outbound policy, such that they are sent the same updates, are placed in the same update group.
Use the show bgp update-group command to display the update groups and a list of the neighbors that belong to the update group.
Use the show bgp update-group neighbor command to display details about the update group to which a neighbor belongs for the specified address family.
Use the summary keyword to display a summary of the neighbors belonging to the specified update group. The display format is the same as for the show bgp summary command.
Use the performance-statistics keyword to display information about the number of prefixes processed and the time taken to generate updates for the specified update group.
Note
Update group indexes are not necessarily persistent over a process restart. If a BGP process restarts, the index of the update group to which a particular neighbor is assigned may be different, though the set of neighbors belonging to the update group is the same.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp update-group command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp update-group Update group for IPv4 Unicast, index 0.1: Attributes: Internal Common admin Send communities Send extended communities Minimum advertisement interval: 300 Update group desynchronized: 0 Sub-groups merged: 0 Messages formatted: 0, replicated: 0 Neighbors not in any sub-group: 10.0.101.1
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 40 show bgp update-group Field DescriptionsField
Description
Update group for
Address family to which updates in this update group apply.
index
Update group index.
Attributes
Attributes common to all members of the update group.
Unsuppress map
Unsuppress route map used to selectively unsuppress more specific routes of locally generated aggregates for members of this update group.
Outbound policy
Route policy applied to outbound updates generated for members of this update group.
Internal
Members of the update group are internal peers.
ORF Receive enabled
Members of this update group are capable of receiving an outbound route filter.
Route Reflector Client
Local system is acting as a route reflector for members of this update group.
Remove private AS numbers
Members of this update group have private AS numbers stripped from outbound updates.
Next-hop-self enabled
Next- Next hop for members of the update group is set to the local router.
Directly connected IPv6 EBGP
Members of this update group are directly connected external BGP IPv6-based peers.
Configured Local AS
Local autonomous system (AS) used for members of this update group.
Common admin
Peers in this update group are under common administration (internal or confederation peers).
Send communities
Communities are sent to neighbors in this update group.
Send extended communities
Extended communities is sent to neighbors in this update group.
Minimum advertisement interval
Minimum advertisement interval for members of this update group.
replicated
Number of update messages replicated for this update group.
Messages formatted
Number of update messages generated for this update group.
Neighbors in this update group
List of neighbors that use this update group for the given address family.
Update group desynchronized
Number of times an update group has been split to accommodate the slower peer. This option is disabled.
Sub-groups merged
Number of times an update group has been split and merged.
Neighbors not in any sub-group
BGP neighbor that does not belong to any subgroup.
The following is sample output from the show bgp update-group command with the ipv4 , unicast , and summary keywords and the process id.index argument:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp ipv4 unicast update-group 0.1 summary BGP router identifier 10.140.140.1, local AS number 1.1 BGP generic scan interval 60 secs BGP table state: Active Table ID: 0xe0000000 BGP main routing table version 1 BGP scan interval 60 secs BGP is operating in STANDALONE mode. Process RecvTblVer bRIB/RIB LabelVer ImportVer SendTblVer Speaker 1 0 1 1 0 Neighbor Spr AS MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer InQ OutQ Up/Down St/PfxRcd 172.25.11.8 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00 Idle
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 41 show bgp ipv4 unicast update-group Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP router identifier
IP address of the router.
local AS number
Autonomous system number set by the router bgpcommand.
BGP generic scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table by a generic scanner.
BGP table state
State of the BGP database.
Table ID
BGP database identifier.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
Dampening enabled
Displayed if dampening has been enabled for the routes in this BGP routing table.
BGP scan interval
Interval (in seconds) between scans of the BGP table specified by the address family and subaddress family.
BGP is operating in
BGP is operating in standalone mode.
Process
BGP process.
RecvTblVer
Last version used in the BGP database for received routes.
bRIB/RIB
Last version of the local BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
LabelVer
Label version used in the BGP database for label allocation.
ImportVer
Last version of the local BGP database for importing routes.
SendTblVer
Latest version of the local BGP database that is ready to be advertised to neighbors.
Some configured eBGP neighbors do not have any policy
Some external neighbors that exist do not have both an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, using the route-policy (BGP) command. In this case, no prefixes are accepted or advertised to those neighbors.
Neighbor
IP address of a neighbor.
Spr
Speaker process that is responsible for the neighbor. Always 0.
AS
Autonomous system.
MsgRcvd
Number of BGP messages received from a neighbor.
MsgSent
Number of BGP messages sent to a neighbor.
TblVer
Last version of the BGP database that was sent to a neighbor.
InQ
Number of messages from a neighbor waiting to be processed.
OutQ
Number of messages waiting to be sent to a neighbor.
Up/Down
Length of time (in hh:mm:s) that the BGP session has been in Established state, or the time since the session left Established state, if it is not established.
St/PfxRcd
If the BGP session is not established, the current state of the session. If the session is established, the number of prefixes the router has received from the neighbor.
If the number of prefixes received exceeds the maximum allowed (as set by the maximum-prefix command), “(PfxRcd)” appears.
If the connection has been shut down using the shutdown command, “(Admin)” appears.
If the neighbor is external and it does not have an inbound and outbound policy configured for every address family, an exclamation mark (!) is inserted at the end of the state when using the route-policy ( BGP ) command.
Related Commands
Command
Description
Limits the number of prefixes that can be received from a neighbor.
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
set default-afi
Sets the default Address Family Identifier (AFI) for the current session.
set default-safi
Sets the default Subaddress Family Identifier (SAFI) for the current session.
Displays the status of all BGP connections.
Disables a neighbor without removing its configuration.
show bgp vrf imported-routes
To display Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) information for routes imported into specified VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instances, use the show bgp vrf imported-routes command in EXEC mode.
Syntax Description
vrf-name
Displays imported routes for a specific VRF.
all
Displays imported routes for all VRFs.
ipv4 { unicast | labeled-unicast }
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 4 unicast or labeled-unicast imported routes.
ipv6 unicast
(Optional) Specifies IP Version 6 unicast imported routes.
vrf source-vrf-name
(Optional) Displays routes imported from the specified source VRF.
neighbor neighbor-address
(Optional) Displays preview advertisements for a specified neighbor.
standby
(Optional) Displays information about the standby card.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
The ipv6 unicast keywords were added.
The standby keyword was removed.
Release 3.8.0
The standby keyword was added.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported. The input parameters and output were modified to display 4-byte autonomous system numbers and extended communities in either asplain or asdot notations.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the show bgp vrf imported-routes command to display all paths imported into a specified VRF from the default VRF. Use the neighbor neighbor-address keyword and argument to display all imported paths and which paths were learned from the specified neighbor. Use the vrf source-vrf-name keyword and argument to display all imported routes that belong to the specified source VRF. The neighbor neighbor-address and vrf source-vrf-name cannot coexist.
Task ID
Examples
The following is sample output from the show bgp vrf imported-routes command:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show bgp vrf vrf-1 ipv6 unicast imported-routes BGP VRF one, state: Active BGP BGP Route Distinguisher: 100:222 VRF ID: 0x60000001 BGP router identifier 10.2.0.1, local AS number 100 BGP table state: Active Table ID: 0xe0800001 BGP main routing table version 41534 Status codes: s suppressed, d damped, h history, * valid, > best i - internal, S stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Neighbor Route Distinguisher Source VRF *>i1234:1052::/32 10.1.0.1 100:111 default *>i2008:1:1:1::/112 10.1.0.1 100:111 default *>i2008:111:1:1::1/128 10.1.0.1 100:111 default Processed 3 prefixes, 3 paths
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 42 show bgp vrf imported-routes Field DescriptionsField
Description
BGP VRF
VRF name.
state
State of the VRF.
BGP Route Distinguisher:
Unique identifier for the BGP routing instance.
VRF Id
VRF identifier.
BGP router identifier
IP address of the router.
local AS number
Autonomous system number set by the router bgp command.
BGP table state
State of the BGP database.
Table ID
Table identifier.
BGP main routing table version
Last version of the BGP database that was injected into the main routing table.
Network
Network address.
Neighbor
IP address of a neighbor.
Route Distinguisher
Unique identifier for the routing instance.
Source VRF
Source VRF for the imported route.
show protocols (BGP)
To display information about the Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) instances running on the router, use the show protocols command in EXEC mode and specify either the bgp or all keyword.
Syntax Description
ipv4
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 4 address family.
ipv6
(Optional) Specifies the IP Version 6 address family.
afi-all
(Optional) Specifies all address families.
all
(Optional) Specifies all protocols for a given address family.
protocol
(Optional) Specifies a routing protocol.
For the IPv4 address family, the options are bgp , isis , rip , eigrp , and ospf .
For the IPv6 address family, the options are bgp , eigrp , isis , and ospfv3 .
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
The afi-all keyword was added.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported. The input parameters and output were modified to display 4-byte autonomous system numbers and extended communities in either asplain or asdot notations.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the show protocols command to get information about the protocols running on the router and to quickly determine which protocols are active. The command is designed to summarize the important characteristics of the running protocol, and command output varies depending on the specific protocol selected. For BGP, the command output lists the protocol ID, peers with elapsed time since last reset, and miscellaneous information, such as external and internal local distances and sourced routes.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows the display for the show protocols command using the bgp keyword:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router# show protocols bgp Routing Protocol "BGP 40" Address Family IPv4 Unicast: Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Sourced Networks: 10.100.0.0/16 backdoor 10.100.1.0/24 10.100.2.0/24 Routing Information Sources: Neighbor State/Last update received 10.5.0.2 Idle 10.9.0.3 Idle
This table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Table 43 show protocols (BGP) Field DescriptionsField
Description
Routing Protocol:
Identifies BGP as the running protocol and displays the BGP AS number.
Address Family
Specifies the address family. This can be IPv4 Unicast, IPv4 Multicast, or IPv6 Unicast.
Distance: external
Specifies the distance BGP sets when installing eBGP routes into the RIB. eBGP routes are routes received from eBGP peers. The RIB uses the distance as a tiebreaker when several protocols install a route for the same prefix.
Distance: internal
Specifies the distance BGP sets for routes received from iBGP peers.
Distance: local
Specifies the distance BGP sets for locally generated aggregates and backdoor routes.
Sourced Networks
List of locally sourced networks. These are networks sourced using the network command.
Routing information Sources
List of configured BGP neighbors.
Neighbor
Address of a BGP neighbor.
State/Last update received
State of each neighbor and the time since the last update was received from the neighbor if it is established.
shutdown (BGP)
To disable a neighbor without removing its configuration, use the shutdown command in an appropriate configuration mode. To re-enable the neighbor and reestablish a Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) session, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Overrides the value of a shutdown command inherited from a neighbor group or session group.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the shutdown command to terminate any active session for the specified neighbor and remove all associated routing information. Use of the shutdown command with a neighbor group or session group may suddenly terminate a large number of BGP neighbor sessions because all neighbors using the neighbor group or session group may be affected.
Use the show bgp summary command to display a summary of BGP neighbors. Neighbors that are idle due to the shutdown command are displayed with the “Idle (Admin)” state.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows that any active session for neighbor 192.168.40.24 is disabled:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# shutdown RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exitIn the following example, the session remains active for neighbor 192.168.40.24 because the inherited shutdown command has been overridden:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# shutdown RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# shutdown inheritance-disable RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exitsite-of-origin (BGP)
To attach a site-of-origin extended community attribute to each route received from the specified peer, use the site-of-origin command in VRF neighbor address family configuration mode. To restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.9.0
Asplain format for 4-byte Autonomous system numbers notation was supported.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
When routes are advertised to the peer, routes whose extended communities list contain the site of origin (SoO) are filtered out and not advertised to the peer. Site-of-origin uniquely identifies the site from which the provide edge (PE) router learned routes, thus filtering based on the extended community helps prevent transient routing loops from occurring in complex and mixed network topologies.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure SoO filtering:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 6 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf_A RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# neighbor 192.168.70.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# remote-as 10 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-nbr-af)# site-of-origin 10.0.01:20socket receive-buffer-size
To set the size of the receive buffers for all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the socket receive-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size of the receive buffers to the default size, use the no form of this command.
socket receive-buffer-size socket-size [ bgp-size ]
no socket receive-buffer-size [ socket-size ] [ bgp-size ]
Syntax Description
socket-size
Size (in bytes) of the receive-side socket buffers. Range is 512 to 131072.
bgp-size
(Optional) Size (in bytes) of the receive buffers in BGP. Range is 512 to 131072.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the socket receive-buffer-size command to increase the buffer size when receiving updates from a neighbor. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because the software can process more packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger buffers uses more memory on your router.
Note
Increasing the socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be processed by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses extra memory indefinitely.
Use the receive-buffer-size command on individual neighbors to change the values set by the socket receive-buffer-size command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to set the receive buffer sizes for all neighbors to 65,536 bytes for the socket buffer and 8192 bytes for the BGP buffer:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# socket receive-buffer-size 65536 8192socket send-buffer-size
To set the size of the send buffers for all Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the socket send-buffer-size command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the size of the send buffers to the default size, use the no form of this command.
socket send-buffer-size socket-size [ bgp-size ]
no socket send-buffer-size [ socket-size ] [ bgp-size ]
Syntax Description
socket-size
Size (in bytes) of the send-side socket buffers. Range is 4096 to 131072.
bgp-size
(Optional) Size (in bytes) of the send buffers in BGP. Range is 4096 to 131072.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the socket send-buffer-size command to increase the buffer size when sending updates to neighbors. Using larger buffers can improve convergence time because the software can process more packets simultaneously. However, allocating larger buffers uses more memory on your router.
Note
Increasing the socket buffer size uses more memory only when more messages are waiting to be sent by the software. In contrast, increasing the BGP buffer size uses extra memory indefinitely.
Use the send-buffer-size command on individual neighbors to change the values set by the socket send-buffer-size command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to set the send buffer sizes for all neighbors to 8192 bytes for the socket buffer and the BGP buffer:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# socket send-buffer-size 8192 8192soft-reconfiguration inbound
To configure the software to store updates received from a neighbor, use the soft-reconfiguration inbound command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable storing received updates, use the no form of this command.
soft-reconfiguration inbound [ always | inheritance-disable ]
no soft-reconfiguration inbound [ always | inheritance-disable ]
Syntax Description
always
(Optional) Always performs a soft inbound clear using stored updates, even if the neighbor supports the route refresh capability.
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Overrides configuration for this command that may be inherited from a neighbor group or address family group.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
To filter or modify some of the updates received from a neighbor, you configure an inbound policy using the route-policy (BGP) command. Configuring soft reconfiguration inbound causes the software to store the original unmodified route beside a route that is modified or filtered. This allows a “soft clear” to be performed after the inbound policy is changed. To perform a soft clear, use the clear bgp soft command with the in keyword specified. The unmodified routes are then passed through the new policy and installed in the BGP table.
Note
If an address family group, neighbor group, or session group is configured, the configuration inside these configuration groups will not be effective unless it is applied directly or indirectly to one or more neighbors.
Note
The bgp auto-policy-soft-reset is enabled by default. A soft clear is done automatically when the inbound policy configured with the route-policy (BGP) command is changed. This behavior can be changed by disabling the auto-policy-soft-reset using the bgp auto-policy-soft-reset disable command.
If the neighbor supports the route refresh capability, then the original routes are not stored because they can be retrieved from the neighbor through a route refresh request. However, if the always keyword is specified, the original routes are stored even when the neighbor supports the route refresh capability.
If the soft-reconfiguration inbound command is not configured and the neighbor does not support the route refresh capability, then an inbound soft clear is not possible. In that case, the only way to rerun the inbound policy is to use the clear bgp ip-address command to reset the neighbor BGP session.
Note
If there is an existing BGP session with a neighbor that does not support the route refresh capability, the session is terminated and a new one is initiated.
Note
The extra routes stored as a result of configuring this command use more memory on the router.
If you configure this command for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows inbound soft reconfiguration enabled for IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes received from neighbor 10.108.1.1. The software stores all routes received in their unmodified form so that when an inbound soft clear is performed later, the stored information can then be used to generate a new set of modified routes.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.108.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# soft-reconfiguration inbound RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# exitThe following example shows inbound soft reconfiguration disabled for neighbor 10.108.1.1, preventing this feature from being automatically inherited by address family group group1:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group group1 address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# soft-reconfiguration inbound RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 10.108.1.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 100 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group group1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# soft-reconfiguration inbound inheritance-disable RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# exitRelated Commands
Command
Description
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
Disables an automatic soft reset of BGP peers when the configured inbound route policy is modified.
Resets a BGP connection using a soft or hard reset.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Applies a prefix list to filter updates received from a neighbor.
Applies a routing policy to updates advertised to or received from a BGP neighbor.
speaker-id
To allocate a speaker process to a neighbor, use the speaker-id command in the appropriate configuration mode. To remove the speaker process from a neighbor, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.6.0
The command was supported in session group configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
table-policy
To apply a routing policy to routes being installed into the routing table, use the table-policy command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable applying a routing policy when installing routes into the routing table, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Modes
IPv4 address family configuration
IPv6 address family configuration
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the VRF IPv4 address family configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in the VRF IPv6 address family configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Note
Table policy provides users with the ability to drop routes from the RIB based on match criteria. This feature can be useful in certain applications and should be used with caution as it can easily create a routing ‘black hole’ where BGP advertises routes to neighbors that BGP does not install in its global routing table and forwarding table.
Use the table-policy command to modify route attributes as the routes are installed into the routing table by Border Gateway Protocol (BGP). Commonly, it is used to set the traffic index attribute.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to apply the set-traffic-index policy to IPv4 unicast routes being installed into the routing table:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# table-policy set-traffic-indextimers (BGP)
To set the timers for a specific Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbor, use the timers command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the timers to the default values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
keepalive
Frequency (in seconds) with which the software sends keepalive messages to a neighbor. Range is 0 to 4294967295.
hold-time
Interval (in seconds) after not receiving a keepalive message from the neighbor that the software terminates the BGP session for the neighbor. Values are 0 or a number in the range from 3 to 4294967295.
Command Default
keepalive : 60 seconds
hold-time : 180 seconds
Use the timers bgp command to override the default values.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The timers actually used in connection with the neighbor may not be the same as those configured with this command. The actual timers are negotiated with the neighbor when establishing the session. The negotiated hold time is the minimum of the configured time and the hold time received from the neighbor. If the negotiated hold time is 0, keepalives are disabled.
The configured value for the keepalive must not exceed one-third of the negotiated hold time. If it does, a value of one-third of the negotiated hold time is used.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
In cases where mechanisms such as Bi-directional Forwarding Detection (BFD), BGP fast-external-failover or Next-hop Tracking cannot be employed to detect and react to changes in the network in a faster manner, BGP Keepalive and Hold-timer values can be configured to use smaller values than the default (60 and 180 seconds respectively). When using aggressive values, consider the router's profile and scale, particularly in respect to the number of BGP neighbours that will be using sessions with the non-default timers.
Sessions using very aggressive values will be more susceptible to flap during events that cause the Route-Processor's CPU utilization levels to increase. Such events include component OIR, Route-Processor Failover, network instability, excessive churn in routing protocols etc. It is therefore recommended that the desired scale and profile of the router be tested with the non-default timer values, subjecting the router to CPU-intensive events in order to determine the timer threshold values that are appropriate for the router before configuring the values in an operational network.
Bear in mind that BGP Non-Stop Routing (NSR) is able to sustain sessions with more aggressive timer values than BGP Graceful Restart (GR) since in the event of a Route-Processor Failover, Graceful Restart (GR) requires the re-establishment of the TCP session over which the BGP session takes place. When using Non-Stop Routing (NSR), both the underlying TCP session and BGP session are maintained during Route-Processor failover.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to change the keepalive timer to 70 seconds and the hold-time timer to 210 seconds for the BGP peer 192.168.40.24:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 109 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# timers 70 210 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exitRelated Commands
Command
Description
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
Adjusts BGP network timers for all BGP neighbors.
timers bgp
To change the default timer values for Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) neighbors, use the timers bgp command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the default timers to the default values, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
keepalive
Frequency (in seconds) with which the software sends keepalive messages to the neighbor. Range is 0 to 65535.
hold-time
Interval (in seconds) after not receiving a keepalive message from the neighbor that the software terminates the BGP session for the neighbor. Values are 0 or a number in the range from 3 to 65535.
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the timers bgp command to adjust the default timer times used by all BGP neighbors. The values can be overridden on particular neighbors using the timers command in the neighbor configuration mode.
The timers actually used in connection with the neighbor may not be the same as those configured with this command. The actual timers are negotiated with the neighbor when establishing the session. The negotiated hold time is the minimum of the configured time and the hold time received from the neighbor. If the negotiated hold time is 0, keepalives are disabled.
The configured value for the keepalive must not exceed one-third of the negotiated hold time. If it does, a value of one-third of the negotiated hold time is used.
In cases where mechanisms such as Bi-directional Forwarding Detection (BFD), BGP fast-external-failover or Next-hop Tracking cannot be employed to detect and react to changes in the network in a faster manner, BGP Keepalive and Hold-timer values can be configured to use smaller values than the default (60 and 180 seconds respectively). When using aggressive values, consider the router's profile and scale, particularly in respect to the number of BGP neighbours that will be using sessions with the non-default timers.
Sessions using very aggressive values will be more susceptible to flap during events that cause the Route-Processor's CPU utilization levels to increase. Such events include component OIR, Route-Processor Failover, network instability, excessive churn in routing protocols etc. It is therefore recommended that the desired scale and profile of the router be tested with the non-default timer values, subjecting the router to CPU-intensive events in order to determine the timer threshold values that are appropriate for the router before configuring the values in an operational network.
Bear in mind that BGP Non-Stop Routing (NSR) is able to sustain sessions with more aggressive timer values than BGP Graceful Restart (GR) since in the event of a Route-Processor Failover, Graceful Restart (GR) requires the re-establishment of the TCP session over which the BGP session takes place. When using Non-Stop Routing (NSR), both the underlying TCP session and BGP session are maintained during Route-Processor failover.
Task ID
ttl-security
To configure a router to check the time-to-live (TTL) field in incoming IP packets for the specified external Border Gateway Protocol (eBGP) peer, use the ttl-security command in an appropriate configuration mode. To disable TTL verification, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
inheritance-disable
(Optional) Prevents the ttl-security command from being inherited from a session group or neighbor group.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Release 3.9.0
The disable keyword was replaced with the inheritance-disable keyword.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the ttl-security command to enable a lightweight security mechanism to protect eBGP peering sessions from CPU utilization-based and other resource exhaustion-based attacks. These types of attacks are typically brute-force Denial of Service (DoS) attacks that attempt to disable the network by flooding devices in the network with IP packets that contain forged source and destination IP addresses in the packet headers.
This command leverages existing behavior in IP packets. For a given IP packet, the TTL count of the packet always is equal to or less than the TTL count when the packet originated, a behavior that is considered impossible to circumvent. Therefore, a packet received with a TTL count equal to the maximum TTL value of 255 can be sent only by a directly adjacent peer. When the ttl-security command is configured for an eBGP neighbor that is directly adjacent, the router accepts only IP packets with a TTL count that is equal to the maximum TTL value.
The ttl-security command secures the eBGP session in the incoming direction only. In the outbound direction, it causes packets to be sent only with the maximum TTL value so that the BGP neighbor can also verify the TTL value of incoming packets. When this command is enabled, BGP establishes or maintains a session only if the TTL value in the IP packet header is equal to the maximum TTL value. If the value is less than the maximum TTL value, the packet is discarded and an Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) message is not generated. This behavior is designed because a response to a forged packet is not necessary.
Note
The ttl-security command must be configured on each participating router. Failure to configure this command on both ends of the BGP session results in the session progressing as far as the OpenSent or OpenConfirm state, remaining there until the hold time expires.
The following restrictions apply to the configuration of this command:
- The ttl-security command should not be configured for a peer that is already configured with the neighbor ebgp-multihop command. The simultaneous configuration of these commands is permitted; however, the ttl-security command overrides the ebgp-multihop command.
- This command is not supported for internal BGP (iBGP) peers.
- This command is not effective against attacks from a directly adjacent peer that has been compromised.
If you configure this command for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Note
If the ttl-security command is configured on a neighbor to which the router has an established connection or the router is in the process of establishing a connection, the session must be cleared using the clear bgp command.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to enable TTL security for eBGP neighbor 192.168.223.7:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.223.7 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65507 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# ttl-securityThe following example shows how to enable TTL security for multiple eBGP neighbors using a session group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 65534 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group ebgp-nbrs RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# ttl-security RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.223.1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65501 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group ebgp-nbrs RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.223.2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65502 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group ebgp-nbrs RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.223.3 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 65503 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group ebgp-nbrs RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exitRelated Commands
Command
Description
Accepts and attempts BGP connections to external peers residing on networks that are not directly connected.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
show lpts flows
Displays information about locally terminated packet flows, including the minimum TTL value expected.
update-source
To allow internal Border Gateway Protocol (iBGP) sessions to use the primary IP address from a particular interface as the local address when forming an iBGP session with a neighbor, use the update-source command in an appropriate configuration mode. To set the chosen local IP address to the nearest interface to the neighbor, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
type
Interface type. For more information, use the question mark ( ? ) online help function.
interface-path-id
Physical interface or virtual interface.
Note Use the show interfaces command to see a list of all interfaces currently configured on the router.
For more information about the syntax for the router, use the question mark ( ? ) online help function.
Command Modes
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Neighbor group configuration
Session group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Release 3.5.0
No modification
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The update-source command is commonly used with the loopback interface feature for iBGP sessions. The loopback interface is defined, and the interface address is used as the endpoint for a BGP session through the update-source command. This mechanism allows a BGP session to remain up even if the outbound interface goes down, provided there is another route to the neighbor.
If this command is configured for a neighbor group or session group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to configure this router to use the IP address from the Loopback0 interface when trying to open a session with neighbor 172.20.16.6:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 110 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.16.6 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 110 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# update-source Loopback0use
To inherit configuration from a neighbor group, session group, or address family group, use the use command in an appropriate configuration mode. To discontinue inheritance from a group, use the no form of this command.
use { af-group group-name | neighbor-group group-name | session-group group-nam e }
no use { af-group [ group-name ] | neighbor-group [ group-name ] | session-group [ group-name ] }
Syntax Description
af-group
Specifies an address family group.
group-name
Name of the neighbor group, session group, or address family group from which you want to inherit configuration.
neighbor-group
Specifies a neighbor group.
session-group
Specifies a session group.
Command Modes
For use af-group version:
Address family group configuration
Neighbor address family configuration
Neighbor group address family configuration
For use neighbor-group version:
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
For use session-group version:
Neighbor group configuration
Neighbor configuration
VRF neighbor configuration
Session-group configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in VRF neighbor configuration mode.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The use command configures inheritance of configuration from an address family group, neighbor group, or session group, which means that any configuration for the group also takes effect for the user of the group.
The configuration inherited depends on the type of group that is specified. The group types are described in the following sections:
Address Family Group
An address family group can specify a configuration for only a single address family. The address family specified when the address family group was defined (through the af-group command) must match the address family from which the group is used.
Neighbor Group
A neighbor group (like a neighbor) can have address family-independent configuration and address family-specific configuration. All of these configurations could be inherited.
Session Group
A session group can have only address family-independent configuration and thus only address family-independent configuration is inherited from it.
The following rules govern inheritance to resolve possible conflicting configuration:
- If a command is configured directly on the neighbor that is using group configuration, the command overrides the value that would be normally inherited from the group.
- If the neighbor is configured to use a session group (for address family-independent configuration) or an address family group (for address family-specific configuration) and the command is configured for the session group or address family group, that configuration is used.
The neighbor group configuration is used:
If the command is not configured directly on the neighbor and the neighbor is not using a session group (for address family-independent configuration) or an af-group (for address family-specific configuration).
The neighbor is using a neighbor group and the command is configured on the neighbor group.
Typically, all configuration for a neighbor group is inherited, but some characteristics may be masked by a session group or address family group. For an example of this configuration, see the “Examples” section.
If the neighbor is using both a session group and a neighbor group and a specific command is configured for the neighbor group but not for the session group, then the configuration for the neighbor group does not take effect. The session group “hides” all address family-independent configuration on the neighbor group and prevents it from being inherited. Similarly, the use of an address family group hides any address family-specific configuration that may otherwise be inherited from a neighbor group for that address family.
In addition to neighbors using groups, it is possible to build a hierarchy by having groups use other groups. The following hierarchical groups are permitted:
- Session groups may use other session groups.
- Address family groups may use other address family groups.
- Neighbor groups may use other neighbor groups.
- Neighbor groups may use session groups and address family groups.
Note
Within the Cisco IOS XR system configuration architecture, do not combine the remote-as command and the no use neighbor-group command in the same commit, or the remote-as command and the no use session-group command in the same commit.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to define a session group session1 and configure neighbor 172.168.40.24 to use session1. As a result, the session1 configuration takes effect on the neighbor also.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group session1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 40 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# timers 30 90 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group session1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exitThe following example is similar to the previous example, but in this case the timers command on the session group does not take effect on the neighbor because it is overridden by a timers command directly configured for the neighbor.
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group session1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 40 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# timers 30 90 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group session1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# timers 60 180 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exitThe following example shows an address family group, family1, for IPv4 multicast and a neighbor group, neighbor1, that have IPv4 unicast and IPv4 multicast enabled. In this case, the neighbor inherits IPv4 unicast (and address family-independent) configuration from the neighbor group, but inherits IPv4 multicast configuration from the address family group. In this example, the neighbor group also has a remote autonomous system configured, so there is no need to configure a remote autonomous system for the neighbor because it inherits the remote autonomous system from the neighbor group:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# af-group family1 address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# route-policy mcast-in in RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-afgrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor-group neighbor1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# remote-as 2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-policy policy1 in RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-policy policy1 out RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-policy policy1 in RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# route-policy policy1 out RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbrgrp-af)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use neighbor-group neighbor1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 multicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# use af-group family1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# exitIn the previous example, the neighbor uses the policy1 route policy for inbound and outbound IPv4 unicast routes, but uses the mcast-in route policy for inbound IPv4 multicast routes and no policy for outbound IPv4 multicast routes.
The following example shows a neighbor inheriting configuration from a session group that likewise inherits configuration from another session group. The configuration from both session groups take effect on the neighbor:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group session1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# advertisement-interval 40 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# session-group session2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# use session-group session1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# update-source Loopback0 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-sngrp)# exit RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.168.40.24 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# use session-group session2 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# exitRelated Commands
Command
Description
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Creates a BGP neighbor and begins the exchange of routing information.
Displays information about BGP configuration for address family groups.
Displays information about the BGP configuration for neighbor groups.
Displays information about BGP neighbors.
Displays information about the BGP configuration for session groups.
vrf (BGP)
To configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance and enter VRF configuration mode, use the vrf command in router configuration mode. To remove the VRF instance from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 3.3.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.5.0
The following restriction was removed:
If you remove a VRF configuration using the no vrf vrf-name command and want to reconfigure the VRF configuration using the vrf vrf-name command, you must wait at least three minutes.
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Use the vrf command to configure a VRF instance. A VRF instance is a collection of VPN routing and forwarding tables maintained at the provider edge (PE) router.
Task ID
weight
To assign a weight to routes received from a neighbor, use the weight command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the weight command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition in which the software assigns the default weight to routes, use the no form of this command.
Syntax Description
Command Default
Routes learned through another Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peer have a default weight of 0 and routes sourced by the local router have a default weight of 32768.
Command Modes
IPv4 address family group configuration
IPv6 address family group configuration
VPNv4 address family group configuration
IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv4 neighbor address family configuration
IPv4 neighbor group address family configuration
IPv6 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv4 neighbor group address family configuration
VPNv6 address family group configuration
VPNv6 neighbor address family configuration
VRF IPv6 neighbor address family configuration
VPNv6 neighbor group address family configuration
Command History
Release
Modification
Release 2.0
This command was introduced.
Release 3.3.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Release 3.5.0
This command was supported in the following configuration modes:
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
The weight of a route is a Cisco-specific attribute. It is used in the best-path selection process (as the strongest tie-breaker). See the Implementing BGP on Cisco IOS XR Software module of the Cisco IOS XR Routing Configuration Guide for the Cisco CRS Router for information on best path. If there are two BGP routes with the same network layer reachability information (NLRI), the route with the higher weight is always chosen no matter what the value of other BGP attributes. Weight only has significance on the local router. Weight is assigned locally to the router, is a value that only makes sense to the specific router, is not propagated or carried through any route updates, and never is sent between BGP peers (even within the same AS).
Note
If an address family group, neighbor group, or session group is configured, the configuration inside these configuration groups will not be effective unless it is applied directly or indirectly to one or more neighbors.
The weight assigned to individual routes can be further manipulated in the inbound route policy of a neighbor using the set weight command. The set weight command sets the weight directly. If you have particular neighbors that you want to prefer for most of your outbound traffic, you can assign a higher weight to all routes learned from that neighbor.
The weight assigned to individual routes may be modified by using an inbound routing policy.
Note
For weight changes to take effect, you may need to use the clear bgp soft command.
If this command configures a neighbor group or neighbor address family group, all neighbors using the group inherit the configuration. Values of commands configured specifically for a neighbor override inherited values.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to assign a weight of 50 to all IP Version 4 (IPv4) unicast routes learned through 172.20.16.6:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# neighbor 172.20.16.6 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# remote-as 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# weight 50 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-nbr-af)# exitRelated Commands
Command
Description
Creates an address family group for BGP neighbors and enters address family group configuration mode.
Resets a group of BGP neighbors.
Creates a neighbor group and enters neighbor group configuration mode.
Creates a session group and enters session group configuration mode.
set weight
Sets the weight for BGP routes.
weight reset-on-import
To reset weight of paths on import, use the weight reset-on-import command in an appropriate configuration mode. To remove the weight reset-on-import command from the configuration file and restore the system to its default condition, use the no form of this command.
Command Modes
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to reset weight of paths on import under VRF IPv4 address family configuration:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-af)# weight reset-on-importThe following example shows how to reset weight of paths on import under VPNv6 address family configuration:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# address-family vpnv6 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-af)# weight reset-on-importweight reset-on-import disable
To disable resetting weight of paths on import, if it is enabled globally, use the weight reset-on-import-disable in appropriate configuration mode. To cancel the disable option and retain the weight reset-on-import option globally, use the no form of this command.
Command Modes
VRF IPv4 address family configuration
VRF IPv6 address family configuration
VPNv4 address family configuration
VPNv6 address family configuration
Command History
Usage Guidelines
To use this command, you must be in a user group associated with a task group that includes the proper task IDs. If you suspect user group assignment is preventing you from using a command, contact your AAA administrator for assistance.
Task ID
Examples
The following example shows how to disable reset weight of paths on import option under VPNv4 address family configuration:
RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config)# router bgp 1 RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp)# vrf vrf_A RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf)# address-family ipv4 unicast RP/0/RP0/CPU0:router(config-bgp-vrf-af)# weight reset-on-import disable
